Λ«.^ΛΛΛ-Λ' ΓΛ^ <ΛΛ^..Ϊ- ^O Λ ΑΪΛ^:^: ^EÄ^SÄ^ ^Λ&ΛΕΡ'

Μέγεθος: px
Εμφάνιση ξεκινά από τη σελίδα:

Download "Λ«.^ΛΛΛ-Λ' ΓΛ^ <ΛΛ^..Ϊ- ^O Λ ΑΪΛ^:^: ^EÄ^SÄ^ ^Λ&ΛΕΡ'"

Transcript

1 ím^^m Λ«.^ΛΛΛ-Λ' ΓΛ^ <ΛΛ^..Ϊ- ^O Λ ^W ΑΪΛ^:^: ^EÄ^SÄ^ ^Λ&ΛΕΡ' ^:,-** *^r::^r

2 f SYDNEY UNIVERSITY CALENDAR.

3 > <r THE SYDNEY TJNIYERSITY CALENDAR. SYDNEY: PRINTED BT BEADING AND WELLBANK, BKIDOE STREET.

4 SUBJECTS FOR THE B.A. DEGREE CLASSICS. Ariatotle, Ethics, Books VI. to X. (inclusive.) Thucydides, L, II., ΙΠ. - ; Liyy, III., tv., V.. Aristophanes, Acharnians. Sophocles, Antigone... Lucretius, I. to III. FOE HONOES. All the Nicomachœan Ethics of Aristotle. Plato, Theastetus. Plautus, Aulularia. MATHEMATICS. Arithmetic. Euclid, Books I. to VI. (inclusive.) Algebra, to Quadratic Equations (inclusive.) Logarithms. Elementary Statics. PHYSICS. Chemistry and Experimental Physics. LOGIC. ANCIENT HISTOET. SUBJECTS FOR COMPOSITION PRIZES UNivEESiTT MEDAL. (English Heroic Verse.) " Alfred." CHANCELLOR'S MEDAL. (Translation into Latin Elegiacs.) "Thro' groves sequestered dark and still." DK. HATVKWORTH. WENTWORTH MEDAL. (English Essay.) "The Influence of Periodical Literature on Thought." HON. G. ALLEN'S MEDAL. (Translation into Greek Iambics) Henry VIII., Act 3, Scene I. "Would I had never trod this English Earth;" to "by this Carriage." PEOF. WOOLLET'S MEDAL FOE BACHELORS OF AETS. (English Essay.) "The Influence of the Crusades on the Civilization of Europe." The Prize Compositions must be sent in to the Registrar, on or before the 17th February, 1864, enclosed in an envelope with a motto outside, and must be accompanied by a sealed letter, containing the name of the author, with motto outside. The exercises must not be in the handwriting of the author.

5 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Paye I. Sydney University Calendar 1 IL Preface III. Charter of the University of Sydney 16 IV. Acts relating to the University : 1. Act of Incorporation of Act to Amend ditto Incorporation Amendment Act of Act to enable the University to purchase the Sydney College Act to provide a fund for building the University.. 37 V. Acts relating to Incorporated Colleges within the University : 1. St. Paul's College Act Act to enlarge the Council of ditto St. John's College Act Wesley College Act 52 VI. Deed of Grant under which the University Land is held.. 59 VIL By-Laws 67 VIII. Table of Fees - 88 IX. Forms : 1. Matriculation Ad eundem Prizes and Honors Degrees 92 X. Library Rules 95 XL University Officers ' 100 XIL-Colleges Γ Ι. St. Paul's CoUege St. John's College v Wesley College.' 10S XIIL Scholarships 109

6 viii l'âge XIV. Prizes IU XV. Annual Prizes 116 XVI. Degrees 117 XVTI. List of Members 118 XVIII. Appendix I. (Examination Papers.) XIX. Appendix II. (Annual Eeport.) D

7 Sgtog ÄAersiig Aalerôrar. JANUARY, XXXI. 1 T Library Committee meets. 2 F Proctorial Board meets. 3 S 4 S Second Sunday after Christmas. 5 M Epiphany. 6 T 7 W Senate nicety. 8 T 9 F 10 S 11 8 First Sunday after Epiphany. 12 M 13 T 14 W 15 T 16 F 17 S 18 S Second Sunday after Epiphany. 19 M 20 T 21 W 22 T 23 F 24 S 25 Third Sunday after Epiphany. s 26 M 27 T 28 W 29 T 30 F 31 S Prockrt'iitl Bonrâ meets.

8 Sgörwjj Eiiitorsitü (Metibar. PBBRUART, XXVIII. 1 S Septuagésima Sunday. 2 M 3 T 4 W 5 T Senate meets. 6 F 7 S 8 Sexagésima Sunday. s 9 M lici'ií Terra begins. 10 T Μί-ifrieulaHoE and Scholarship Examinations W T 13 P 14 s 15 S Quinquagesima Sunday. 16 M i.pftiiresî'f gin. Prize Compositions to be sent ir T W 19 T 20 P Ash Wednesday First Sunday in Lent. s 23 M 24 T 25 W 26 T 27 F 28 S Jt'i'octoiial Board meets.

9 Sgirnxg Itttifcersitg tö almbar. MARCH, XXXI. 1 8 Second Sunday in Lent. 2 M 3 T 4 W Renate meets. 5 T '6 F 7 S 'S' M T Third Sunday in Lent. 11 W 12 T 13 F 14 S 15 8 Fourth Sunday in Lent. 16 M 17 T 18 W 19 T 20 F 21 S 22 8 Fifth Sunday in Lent. 23 M 24 T 25 W 26 T 27 F Proctorial Board meets. 28 S 29 Palm Sunday. s 30 M Easter Recess begins. 31 T

10 Sginteg Enibxrsiiu Calettírar. APRIL, XXX. 1 W ëemate meets. Library Committe«meet:-. 2 T 3 F Good Friday. 4 S 5 8 Easter Sunday. 6 7 M T Easier Recess eads. 8 W 9 T 10 F 11 S 12 3 First Sunday after Easter. 13 M 14 T 15 W 16 T 17 F 18 S 19 8 Second Sunday after Easter. 20 M 21 T 22 W 23 T 24 F 25 S 26 8 Third Sunday after Easter. 27 M 28 T 29 W 30 T

11 Sybiwg ^nihtrsiig Caienïmr. MAY, XXXI. 1 F Proctorial Board meets. 2 S 3 S Fourth Sunday after Easter. 4 M 5 T 6 W Sanato latwi-s. 7 T 8 F 9 S 10 Ö Rogation Sunday. 11 M 12 T 13 W 14 T Ascension Day. 15 F 16 S Lest TeKn tads M T Sunday after Ascension. 20 W 21 T 22 F 23 S 24 8 Whit Sunday. 25 M 26 T 27 W 28 T 29 F Pfoeîrrii;! Board meet:.. 30 S 31 8 Trinity Sunday.

12 Sgbrog Enitosiíg C almbar. JUNE, XXX. 1 M 2 T 3 W Senate meets. 4 T 5 F 6 S 7 S First Sunday after Trinity. 8 M 9 T 10 W 11 T 12 F 13 S 14 Q Second Sunday after Trinity. 15 M 'Tr-Lnitj Tc-Mi besijs. 16 T 17 W 18 T 19 F 20 S 21 S Third Sunday after Trinity. 22 M 23 T 24 W 25 T 26 F Vc:'i'i>".'a.» JBc ;.Ί ϋΐ.-.'.'ί S 28 S Fourth Sunday after Trinity. 29 M 30 T

13 Sgiörag Stnibírsity Calentar» JULY, XXXI. 1 W Senate meets. Libi'aiy Committee meets. 2 T 3 F 4 S 5 Fifth Sunday after Trinity. 6 M 7 T 8 W 9 T 10 F. 11 S 12 S _ Sixth Sunday after Trinity. 13 M 14 T 15 W 16 T 17 F 18 S 19 Seventh Sunday after Trinity. 20 M 21 T 22 W 23 T 24 F 25 S 26 Eighth Sunday after Trinity. 27 M 28 T 29 W 30 T 31 F Proctorial Board meets.

14 Sgbttßg Ettifrersxiü <&almïmr. AUGUST, XXXI. 1 S 2 S Ninth Sunday after Trinity. 3 M 4 T 5 W SWÍIIIÍU meets 6 T 7 F 8 S 9 **> Tenth Sunday after Trinity. 10 M 11 T 12 W 13 T 14 F 15 S 16 S Eleventh Sunday after Trinity. 17 M 18 T 19 W 20 T 21 F 22 S 23 Twelfth Sunday after Trinity. s 24 M 25 T 26 W 27 T 28 F Piiotitoriai Board aieefs. 29 S Ti-iuity Term ends-:. 30 S Thirteenth Sunday after Trinity. 31 M

15 Sgbiieg Eniirersitg Calenïmr* SEPTEMBER, XXX. 1 T 2 W 3 T Senate mcefs. 4 F 5 S 6 S Fourteenth Sunday after Trinity. 7 M 8 T 9 W 10 T 11 F 12 S 13 S ' Fifteenth Sunday after Trinity M T 16 W 17 T 18 F 19 S 20 S Sixteenth Sunday after Trinity. 21 M 22 T 23 W 24 T 25 F 26 S 27 S Seventeenth Sunday after Trinity. 28 M 29 T 30 W

16 SJJÏWCW ^niírírsiíg duknimr. OCTOBER, XXXI. 1 T -Ltifoiïry Gommil/cse meets. 2 F Proctorial Bo.rd meets. 3 S 4 í& Eighteenth Sunday after Trinity. 5 M 6 T 7 W Ssuat-3 QcStS. 8 T 9 F IO S 11 S Nineteenth Sunday after Trinity. 12 M 13 T 14 W 15 T 16 F 17 S 18 Twentieth Sunday after Trinity. s 19 M 20 T 21 W 22 T 23 F 24 S 25 S Twenty-first Sunday after Trinity. 26 M 27 T 28 W 29 T 30 F Proctorial Board Riesfej. 31 S

17 ^giriwg Stmfrersify Caimïmr. NOVEMBER, XXX. 1 S Twenty-second Sunday after Trinity. 2 M 3 T 4 W Sszi"':3 meets. 5 T 6 F 7 S 8 S Twenty-third Sunday after'trinity M T 11 W 12 T 13 F 14 S 15 S Twenty-fourth Sunday after Trinity. 16 M 17 T 18 W 19 T 20 F 21 S 22 Twenty-fifth Sunday after Trinity. 23 M 24 T 25 W 26 T 27 F Proctorial Board meéis. 28 S 29 S First Sunday in Advent. 30 M Yearly and B.A. Examina HOBS.

18 Sgbîieg Itnibírsxíg dalenïrar. DECEMBER, XXXI. 1 T 2 W Senate meets. 3 T 4 F 5 S 6 8 Second Sunday in Advent. 7 M 8 T 9 W 10 T 11 F 12 S Mich&elinas IVrriT. ΡΓΛΪ, 13 S Third Sunday in Advent. 14 M 15 T 16 W 17 T 18 F 19 S 20 S Fourth Sunday in Advent. 21 M 22 T 23 W 24 T 25 F Christmas Day. 26 S 27 O First Sunday after Christinas. 28 M 29 T 30 W 31 T I

19 PREFACE. THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY was incorporated by an Act of the Colonial Legislature, which received the Royal Assent on the 9th December, The objects set forth in the preamble are " the advancement of religion and morality, and the promotion of useful knowledge." It is empowered to confer degrees in Arts, Law, and Medicine ; and is endowed with the annual income of By a Royal Charter issued 7th February, 1858 (see p. 16), the same rank, style, and precedence were granted to Graduates of the University of Sydney as are enjoyed by Graduates of Universities within the United Kingdom. The University of Sydney is also declared in the amended Charter granted to the University of London, to be one of the institutions in connection with that University, from which certificates of having pursued a due course of instruction shall be received, with a view to admission to Degrees. The Government of the University is vested in a Senate, consisting of sixteen elective Fellows, and not fewer than three nor more than six " ex-officio " members, being Professors of the University in such branches of learning as the Senate may from time to time select. A Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor are elected by the Senate from their own body. Under the peculiar circumstances of the Colony, it was judged expedient to establish at first the Faculty of Arts alone, before attempting those which are specially devoted to the professions of Medicine and Law. The curriculum for the degree of B.A. D

20 14 PREFACE. includes the Classical Languages ; History, modern and ancient ; Logic and Moral Philosophy ; Mathematics and Natural Philosophy ; Chemistry and Experimental Physics. The teaching of the Faculty of Arts, in addition to these subjects, will embrace Mental and Political Philosophy ; Natural History, comprising Mineralogy and Geology ; Botany and Zoology ; the French and German Languages and Literature. In the Faculty of Medicine a Board of Examiners has been appointed by the Senate to test the qualifications of Candidates for Medical Degrees. The immediate direction of the studies in each Faculty is entrusted to a Board of the Professors in that Faculty ; and questions relating to the general studies are decided (subject to the approval of the Senate) by a Board consisting of the Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor, and the Professors of the three Faculties. The maintenance of discipline is provided for by the appointment of a Board styled the Proctorial Board, and composed of the Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor, the Senior Professor of Classics, the Senior Professor of Mathematics, and the Senior Professor of Chemistry and Experimental Physics. Subject to the general control of the Senate, this Board is empowered to make Rules for the due observance of order, and to visit insubordination and irregularity with fines or other ordinary Academic punishments. The Lectures of the Professors are open to persons not members of the University upon payment of a moderate fee for each course. The distinctive character of the Sydney University is the absence of any,religious test as a condition of Membership, of honor, or of office ; it is intended to supply the means of a liberal education to " all orders and denominations without any distinction whatever :" it possesses no Theological Faculty, but resembles, in respect of its Secular Faculties, the Universities

21 PREFACE. 15 of the Continent, and Edinburgh, and of Oxford and Cambridge, as reformed by the late Act of Parliament. Although the comprehensive principles on which the University is founded do not admit of the establishment of a Theological Faculty, the importance of religion as an element of education is fully recognized. With a special view to this object, a portion of the ground granted by the Government to the University has been set apart as sites for Colleges. An Act to encourage the erection of such Colleges was passed by the Legislature during the Session of Ample assistance is offered towards their endowment ; and with an enlightened liberality the maintenance of the fundamental principles of the University the association of Students, without respect of religious creeds, in the cultivation of secular hnoivledge is secured consistently with the most perfect independence of the College authorities within their own walls. Colleges in connection with the Church of England, and with the Roman Catholic Church, have been established. Under the Fifteenth Clause of the Electoral Act, 22nd Victoria, No. 20, the University is entitled to return one Member to Parliament, when it shall contain one hundred graduates who have taken the Degree of Master of Arts, or any higher degree. An account of the several Scholarships and other Prizes for proficiency which have been established out of the funds of the University, or have been founded by Private Benefactions, will be found in this Calendar.

22 ROYAL- CHARTER OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY. Wlttaxm, by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith, To all to whom these presents shall come greeting : WHEREAS under and by virtue of the provisions of an Act of the Governor and Legislative Council of our Colony of New South Wales, passed in the fourteenth year of our reign, No. 31, intituled "An Act to Incorporate and Endow the University of Sydney," and to which our Royal assent was granted on the 9th day of December, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty-One, a Senate consisting of sixteen Fellows was incorporated and made a body politic with perpetual succession, under the name of the University of Sydney, with power to grant, after examination, the several degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, Doctor of Laws, Bachelor of Medicine, and Doctor of Medicine, and to Examine for Medical Degrees in the four branches of Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery, and Pharmacy. AND WHEREAS our trusty and well beloved Sir William Thomas Denison, Knight, Commander of our most honourable Order of the Bath, Lieutenant-Colonel in the Royal Engineers, our Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief in and over our said Colony, has transmitted to us the humble petition of the Senate of the said University of Sydney under their common seal, dated the ninth day of February, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty-Seven, wherein is set forth a statement of the establish-

23 EOYAX, CHARTER. 17 ment of the said University, the appointment of learned Professors of the Faculty of Arts, and the Provisions adopted and to be adopted in respect to the Faculties of Laws and Medicine and the course of Education and Discipline for the Scholars, Undergraduates, and Graduates of the said University, and in which it is humbly submitted that the standard of acquirements which must be attained by Graduates in the University of Sydney, is not below that prescribed by the most learned Universities of the United Kingdom, that the direction of the studies in the said University has been committed to Professors who have highly distinguished themselves in British Universities, that the Rules under which the high standard in the University has been fixed, cannot be altered without the approval of our representative in the Colony, and that there is vested in him the power of interference should the Rules laid down be. unduly relaxed in practice, and that therefore the Memorialists confidently hope that the Graduates of the University of Sydney will not be inferior in scholastic acquirements to the majority of Graduates of British Universities. And that it is desirable to have the Degrees of the University of Sydney generally recognized throughout our Dominions. And it is also humbly submitted that although our Royal assent to the Act of the Legislature of New South Wales hereinbefore recited fully satisfies the principle of our law that the power of granting Degrees should flow from the Crown, yet that as that assent was conveyed through an Act which has effect only in the territory of New South Wales, the Memorialists believe that the Degrees granted by the said University, under the authority of the said Act are not legally entitled to recognition beyond the limits of New South Wales. And that the Memorialists are in consequence most desirous to obtain a Grant from us of Letters Patent requiring all our subjects to recognize the Degrees given under the Act of the Local Legislature in the same manner as if the E

24 18 ROYAL CHARTER. said University of Sydney had been an University established within the United Kingdom under a Royal Charter or an Imperial enactment : And the Memorialists therefore hereby most humbly pray that we will be pleased to take the premises into our gracious consideration and grant to the University of Sydney Letters Patent effective of the object therein set forth. Now KNOW TE that we, taking the premises into consideration and deeming it to be the duty of our Royal Office for the advancement of religion and morality and the promotion of useful knowledge to hold forth to all classes and denominations of our faithful subjects without any distinction whatsoever throughout our dominions encouragement for pursuing a regular and liberal course of Education, and considering that many persons do prosecute and complete their studies in the Colony of New South Wales on whom it is just to confer such distinctions and rewards as may induce them to persevere in their laudable pursuits, Do by virtue of our Prerogative Royal and of our especial Grace and certain knowledge and mere motion by these presents for us, our heirs and successors, will, grant and declare that the Degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, Bachelor of Medicine, and Doctor of Medicine, already granted or conferred or hereafter to be granted or conferred by the Senate of the said University of Sydney shall be recognized as Academic distinctions and rewards of merit, and be entitled to rank, precedence, and consideration in our United Kingdom and in our Colonies and possessions throughout the world as fully as if the said Degrees had been granted by any University of our said United Kingdom. And we further will and ordain that any variation of the Constitution of the said University which may at any time or from time to time be made by an Act of the said Governor and Legislature shall not so long as the same or the like standard of knowledge is in the opinion of the said Governor preserved as a necessary condition for obtaining the aforesaid

25 ROYAL CHARTER. 19 Degrees therein in any manner annul, abrogate, circumscribe, or diminish the privileges conferred on the said University, by these our Royal Letters Patent, nor the rank, rights, privileges, and consideration conferred by such Degrees. And lastly we do hereby for us, our heirs and successors, grant and declare that these our Letters Patent or the enrolment or exemplification thereof shall be in and by all things valid and effectual in law according to the true intent and meaning of the same, and shall be construed and adjudged in the most favorable and beneficial sense of the best advantage of the said University, as well in all our courts elsewhere, notwithstanding any non-recital, uncertainty, or imperfection in these our Letters Patent. IN WITNESS whereof we have caused these our Letters to be made Patent. WITNESS ourself at Westminster, the Twenty-Seventh day of February, in the Twenty-First Year of our Reign." BY WARRANT under the Queen's sign manual. C. ROMILLY.

26 20 ACTS RELATING TO THE UNIATIRSITY. An Act to Incorporate and Endow the University of Sydney, 14 Vict., No. 31. [Assented to 1st October, 1850.] Preamble. WHEREAS it is deemed expedient for the better advancement of religion and morality, and the promotion of useful knowledge, to hold forth to all classes and denominations of Her Majesty's subjects resident in the Colony of New South Wales, without any distinction whatsoever, an encouragement for pursuing a regular and liberal course of Education : Be it therefore enacted by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, That for the purpose of ascertaining, by means of examination, the persons who shall acquire proficiency in literature, science, and art, and of rewarding them by academical degrees as evidence of their respective attainments, and by marks of honour proportioned thereto, a Senate, consisting of the number of persons hereinafter mentioned, shall within three months after the passing of this Act be nominated and appointed by the said Governor, with the advice of the Executive A body poli- Council of the said Colony, by proclamation to be duly poraleftote published in the New South Wales Government Gazette, named 'The which Senate shall be and is hereby constituted from of"sydney," the date of such nomination and appointment a Body wuh'^ertain Politic and Corporate, by the name of " The Universitypowers, of Sydney," by which name such Body Politic shall have perpetual succession, and shall have a common

27 ACT OF INCORPORATION OF seal, and shall in the same name sue and be sued, implead and be impleaded, and answer and be answered unto in all Courts of the said Colony, and shall be able and capable in Law to take, purchase, and hold to them and their successors, all goods, chattels, and personal property whatsoever, and shall also be able and capable in law to take, purchase, and hold to them and their successors, not only such lands, buildings, hereditaments, and possessions as may from time to time be exclusively used and occupied for the immediate requirements of the said University, but also any other lands, buildings, hereditaments, and possessions whatsoever situate in the said Colony or elsewhere ; and that they and their successors shall be able and capable in law to grant, demise, alien or otherwise dispose of all or any of the property, real or personal, belonging to the said University, and also to do all other matters and things incidental to or appertaining to a Body Politic. II. Provided always and be it enacted, That it shall Not ' have not be lawful for the said University to alienate, mort- aurnat^or gage, charge, or demise any lands, tenements, or 010 Jg 3!^ hereditaments to which it may become entitled by grant, unless with purchase, or otherwise, unless with the approval of the thlctvemor Governor and Executive Council of the said Colony for a. nd. Exec "- the time being, except by way of lease, for. any term not exceeding thirty-one years from the time when such lease shall be made, in and by which there shall be reserved and made payable, during the whole of the term thereby granted, the best yearly rent that can be reasonably gotten for the same without any fine or foregift. III. And be it enacted, That by way of permanent Governor endowment of the said University, the said Governor outof Geneshall be, and is hereby empowered, by Warrant under n a a' 0 R 6^e. ' his hand, to direct to be issued and paid out of. the nues yearly General or Ordinary Revenues of the said Colony, by exceeding' four equal quarterly payments, on the first day of ÊSOOO. to de- January, the first day of April, the first day of July, and expenses, the first day of October, in every year, as a fund for building and for defraying the several stipends which shall be appointed to be paid to the several Professors or

28 22 UNIVEESITY Teachers of literature, science, and art, and to such necessary officers and servants as shall be from time to time appointed by the said University, and for defraying the expense of such prizes, scholarships, and exhibitions as shall be awarded for the encouragement of Students in the said University, and for providing, gradually, a library for the same, and for discharging all incidental and necessary charges connected with the current expenditure thereof, or otherwise, the sum of five thousand pounds in each and every year, the first instalment thereof to become due and payable on the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-one. Sixteen Fei- IV. And be it enacted, That the said Body Politic stitute a and Corporate shall consist of *sixteen Fellows, twelve of poweíto"'" 1 wnom shall be laymen, and all of whom shall be members elect a Pm- of and constitute a Senate who shall have power to elect mftedpervdl out of their own body, by a majority of votes, a *Provost of tbe said University for such period as the said Senate shall from time to time appoint ; and whenever a vacancy shall occur in the office of Provost of the said University, either by death, resignation, or otherwise, to elect, out of their own body, by a majority of votes, a fit and proper person to be the Provost, instead of the Provost occasioning such vacancy. How Vacaned up. γ. f And he it enacted, That wntil tliere shall be one " hundred graduates of the said University who shall have talcen the degree of Master of Arts, Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine, all vacancies which shall occur by death, resignation, or otherwise among the Fellows of the said Senate, shall be filled up as they may ocoivr, by the election of such other fit and proper persons, as the remaining members of the said Senate shall, at meetmgs to be duly convened for that purpose, from time to tvtne elect to fill up such vacancies ; Provided always, that no such vacancy, unless created by death or resignation, shall occur for any * Amended as respects the number of Fellows and the title of Provost and Vice-Provost, by an Act passed in t Repealed by Act of 1861.

29 ACT OF INCORPORATIOK OF cause whatever, unless such cause shall have been previously specified by some bye-law of the said Body Politic and Corporate, duly passed as hereinafter mentioned. VI. And be it enacted, That the office of Vice-Provost,¾¾^ cf the said University shall be an annual office, and the annually, said Fellows shall, at a meeting to be holden by them within six months after the passing of this Act, elect out of the said Senate a Vice-Provost, and on some day before the expiration of the tenure of the said office, of which due notice shall be given, elect one other fit and proper person to be the Vice-Provost of the said University, and so from time to time annually ; or in case of the death, resignation, or other avoidance of any such Vice-Provost before the expiration of his year of office, shall, at a meeting to be holden by them for that purpose, as soon as conveniently may be, of which due notice shall be given, elect some other fit and proper person to be Vice-Provost for the remainder of the year in which such death, resignation, or other avoidance shall happen, such person to be chosen from among themselves by the major part of the Fellows present at vice-proüosf. such meeting: Provided always, that the Vice-Provostj be ca P a_ shall be capable of re-election to the same office, as often election, as shall be deemed meet. VII. ^Provided always, and be it enacted, That as soonpromm, that as there shall be not fewer than one hundred Graduates kail he one ivho have talcen any or either of the Degrees of Master of klm f' e ' 1 Arts, Doctor of Daws, or Doctor of Medicine, all vacancies vacancies' in thereafter occurring in the said Senate, shall be from timepf^ex* I" to time filled up by the majority of such Graduates present t,lem - and duly convened for that purpose. VIII. And be it enacted, That the said Senate shall senate to have full power to appoint and dismiss all professors, iif^agement tutors, officers, and servants belonging to the said Uni- and Sup«- versity, and also the entire management of and superintendence over the affairs, concerns, and property of the said University, and in all cases unprovided for by this Act, it shall be lawful for the said Senate to act in such * Repealed by Act of 1.861,

30 34 UNIVERSITY manner as shall appear to them to be best calculated to promote the purposes intended by the said University ; and the said Senate shall have full power from time to time to make, and also to alter any statutes, bye-laws, and regulations (so as the same be not repugnant to any existing law or to the general objects and provisions of this Act) touching the discipline of the said University, the examinations for scholarships, exhibitions, degrees. or honors, and the granting of the same respectively, and touching the mode and time of convening the meetings of the said Senate, and in general touching all other matters whatsoever regarding the said University ; and all such statutes, bye-laws, and regulations, when reduced into writing, and after the common seal of the said University shall have been affixed thereto, shall be binding upon all persons members thereof, and all candidates for degrees to be conferred by the same ; all such statutes, bye-laws, and regulations having been first submitted to the Governor and Executive Council of the s.aid Colony for the time being, and approved of and countersigned by the said Governor : Provided always, that the production of a verified copy of any such statutes, bye-laws, and regulations, under the seal of the said Body Politic and Corporate, shall be sufficient evidence of the authenticity of the same in all Courts of Justice. Questions to ιχ. And be it enacted, That all questions which shall by majority come before the said Senate shall be decided by the of votes. majority of the members present, and the Chairman at any such meeting shall have a vote, and in case of an equality of votes, a second or casting vote ; and that no question shall be decided at any meeting unless the Provost or Vice-Provost and *seven Fellows, or in the absence of the Provost and Vice-Provost unless eight Fellows at the least shall be present at the time of such decision. Chairman of X. And be it enacted, That at every meeting of the meetings. ^^ Q 6n^g - (J 16 Provost, or in his absence the Vice- * Amended as respects the Quorum by an Act passed in Dec

31 ACT OF INCORPORATION OF Provost, shall preside as Chairman, or in the absence of both, a Chairman shall be chosen by the members present, or the major part of them. XI. And whereas it is expedient to extend the benefits ^"^}*¾,, of colleges and educational establishments already colleges and instituted, for the promotion of literature, science, and establish * art, whether incorporated or not incorporated, by con- ents "! 3^ necting them, for such purposes, with the said University: ascandidates Be it enacted, That all persons shall be admitted as J 0 1 J ^aln candidates for the respective degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, or Doctor of Laws, to be conferred by the said University of Sydney, on presenting to the said Senate a certificate from any such colleges or educational establishments, or from the head master thereof, to the effect that such candidate has completed the course of instruction which the said Senate, by regulation in that behalf, shall determine ; Provided, that no such certificate.shall be received from any educational establishment, unless the said University shall authorize it to issue such certificates : Provided also, that it shall be lawful for the said Senate to apply any portion of the said endowment fund to the establishment and maintenance of a college in connexion with and under the supervision of the said University. XII. And be it enacted, That for the purpose of As to sredigranting the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Doc- ca egrees tor of Medicine, and for the improvement of Medical Education in all its branches, as well as in Medicine as in Surgery, Midwifery, and Pharmacy, the said Senate shall from time to time report to the Governor and Executive Council for the time being of the said Colony, what appear to them to be the Medical Institutions and Schools, whether corporate or unincorporated, in the City of Sydney, from which either singly or jointly with other Medical Institutions and Schools in the said Colony or in Foreign parts, it may be fit and expedient, in the judgment of the said Senate, to admit candidates for Medical degrees, and on approval of such report by the said Governor and Executive Council, shall admit all persons as candidates for the respective degrees of

32 26 UNIVERSITY Bachelor of Medicine and Doctor of Medicine, to be conferred by the said University, on presenting to the said Senate a certificate from any such institution or school to the effect that such candidate has completed the course of instruction which the said Senate, from time to time, by regulation in that behalf, shall prescribe. senate may XIII. And be it enacted, That the said Senate shall grée" for" have power after examination to confer the several be h char fe d S degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, Doctor of Laws, Bachelor of Medicine, and Doctor of Medicine, and to examine for Medical Degrees in the four branches of Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery, and Pharmacy, and that such reasonable fee shall be charged for the degrees so conferred as the said Senate, with the approbation of the said Governor and Executive Council, shall from time to time direct ; and such fees shall be carried to one general fee fund for the payment of the expenses of the said University ; and Accounts ofthat a full account of the whole income and expenditure cóme'andvx- of the said University shall, once in every year, be b en Md"b t0 transmitted to the Colonial Secretary, for the purpose of fore Legisla- being submitted to the Legislative Council, or Assembly nve council. Qf y^ saj Colony, as the case may be, and subjected to such examination and audit as the said Legislative Council or Assembly may direct. Examiners XIV. And be it enacted, That at the conclusion of îames α? every examination of the candidates, the Examiners shall ca d d 'th a ' es ' declare the name of every candidate whom they shall proficiency, have deemed to be entitled to any of the said degrees, of'whichto an<^ th e departments of knowledge in which his probe granted ficiency shall have been evinced, and also his proficiency by Provost. ^ re] a f.j on ^0 ^at of other candidates, and he shall receive from the said Provost, a certificate under the Seal of the said University of Sydney, and signed by the said Provost, in which the particulars so declared shall be stated. Bye-Laws, XV. Provided always, and be it enacted, That all &c, to be statutes, bye-laws, and regulations made from time to submitted to. ι τ ρ π Ί -ι Governor & time touching the examination 01 candidates, and

33 ACT OF INCORPORATION OF granting of degrees shall be submitted, for the consider- ^ "J r ation and approval of the Governor and Executive approval. Council. XVI. And be it enacted, That the Governor of the ξ ν l -^τ0ι 0 f said Colony, for the time being, shall be the Visitor of the uñiverthe said University of Sydney, with authority to do all 31ty things which pertain to Visitors, as often as to him shall seem meet. XVII. And be it declared and enacted, That it shall m r f^ses m r a s nd be lawful for the Professors or Teachers in the said fees from University, in addition to the stipends with which they f a d TÍaaushall be so respectively endowed, to demand and receive rer may from the Students of the said University, such reason- ^entrance, able fees for attendance on their lectures, and for the &c Treasurer of the said University to collect from the said Students, on behalf of the said University, such reasonable fees for entrance, degrees, and other University charges, as shall be from time to time provided by any statutes, bye-laws, or regulations of the said University. XVIII. And for the better government of the Students Regulations in the said University : Be it enacted, That no Student students sha11 shall be allowed to attend the lectures or classes of reslde the same, unless he shall dwell with his parent or guardian, or with some near relative or friend selected by his parent or guardian, and approved by the Provost or Vice-Provost, or in some collegiate or other educational establishment, or with a tutor or master of a boarding-house licensed by the Provost or Vice-Provost as hereinafter mentioned. XIX. And be it enacted, That every person, who is Regulations " SS to I1C6TIS* desirous of being licensed as a tutor or master of a ing tutors, boarding house in connexion with the said University, 8^¾^101 " shall apply in writing under his hand to the Provost or may reside. Vice-Provost of the said University for his license, and it shall be lawful for the said Provost or Vice-Provost, if he or they shall think fit, to require of any such applicant such testimonials of character and fitness for the office as shall be satisfactory to such Provost or Vice-Provost ; and the application shall specify the house or houses

34 28 UNIVERSITY AS to reiigious tests. belonging to or occupied by the applicant, and intended by him for the reception of Students, and the number of Students who may be conveniently lodged and boarded therein ; and thereupon it shall be lawful for the Provost or Vice-Provost in their discretion to grant or withhold the license for the academical year then current or then next ensuing, and every such license shall be registered in the archives of the said University, and shall inure until the end of the academical year in which it shall be registered, and shall then be of no force, unless renewed in like manner, but shall be revocable at any time, and may forthwith be revoked by the Provost or Vice-Provost in case of any misbehaviour of such tutor or master of a boarding house or of the Students under his care, which in the opinion of the Provost or Vice-Provost, and a majority of the Professors of the said University, ought to be punished by immediate revocation of such license. XX. And be it enacted, That no religious test shall k e aijjjjioigtered. to any person in order to entitle him to be admitted as a Student of the said. University, or to hold any office therein, or to partake of any advantage or privilege thereof; Provided always, that this enactment shall not be deemed to prevent the making of regulations for securing the due attendance of the Students, for Divine Worship, at such Church or Chapel as shall be approved by their parents or guardians respectively. Bye-Laws, XXI. And be it enacted, That all statutes, bye-laws, Kuies, &c, rui es and regulations which shall be made and approved to be from '. ι ι π r\ τ τ-ι time to time from time to time by the said (jovernor and Executive the* Legisla- Council, concerning the government and discipline of tive council, the said University, which shall be in force at the beginning of every Session of the said Legislative Council, or Legislative Assembly of the said Colony, and which shall not have been before that time laid before the said Legislative Council or Legislative Assembly, shall from time to time, within six weeks after the beginning of every such Session, be laid before the same by the Colonial Secretary for the time being.

35 ACT OF INCORPORATION OF XXII. And be it enacted, That the said University Proceedings shall, once at least in every year, and also whenever the ity " n ï~ nce at least pleasure of the Governor for the time being shall be? signified in that behalf, report their proceedings, to the be reported said Governor and Executive Council, and a copy of{, * h & G^ every such report shall be laid before the said Legisla- cutive countive Council or Legislative Assembly, within six weeks "f 'Report Py after the same shall have been made, if such Legislative laid t> ef r e Council or Assembly be then sitting, or if not, then tive Council, within six weeks next after the meeting of the same. XXIII. Provided always, and be it declared and Act may be enacted, That nothing herein contained shall be deemed amended. or construed to prevent the Legislature of the Colony for the time being, from altering, amending, or repealing the provisions of this Act, or any of them, as the public interest may at any time seem to render necessary or expedient. XXTV". And be it declared and enacted, That nothing Not to inter, in this Act contained shall be deemed to affect or torightiofher interfere with any right, title, or interest of Her Majesty, Majesty. Her Heirs and Successors, or in any way to limit the Royal Prerogative. Passed the Legislative Court- \ cil, this twenty-fourth day I of September, one thousand ι eight hnndred and fifty. ) WM. MACPHERSON, CLERK OF THE COUNCIL. CHARLES NICHOLSON, SPEAKER. In the name and on the behalf of Her Majesty I assent to this Act. Govt. Souse, Sydney, 1st October, CHAS- A_ FITZ KOY, GOVERNOR.

36 N 30 UNIVEESITY AJÍ Act to amend an Act, intituled, " An Act to Incorporate and Endow the ' University of Sydney,' " 16 Vict. No. 28. [Assented to 21st December, 1852.] Preamble. WHEREAS it is provided by an Act of the Governor and Legislative Council of New South Wales, passed in the 14 Vict., No. fourteenth year of Her Majesty's Eeign, intituled, " An 31 ' Act to Incorporate and ΈνΛουι the University of Sydney" that the Senate of the said University shall consist of sixteen Fellows, of whom one shall be elected by them as Provost, and another as Vice-Provost ; and that no question shall be decided at any meeting of the Senate unless the Provost or Vice-Provost or seven Fellows, or, in the absence of the Provost and Vice-Provost, unless eight Fellows at the least, shall be present at such decision : And whereas it is expedient that the number of such Quorum be lessened : Be it therefore enacted by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, as follows Five Mem- I. From and after the passing of this Act, all ques- Senate to be tions which shall come before the Senate of the said fn?tead U of' University may be decided at any meeting duly conseven, asdi-vened, where there shall be present five Fellows of the νω.,νο^ι. University, of whom the Provost or Vice-Provost shall be one. Passed the Legislative Coun- \ cil, this fourteenth day of I December, one thousand ι eight hundred and fifty-two. ) WM. MACPHERSON, CLERK TO THE COUNCIL. CHARLES NICHOLSON, SPEAKER. In Hie nam and on the behalf of Her Majesty I assent to this Act. Govt. House', Sydney, 2lst December, CHA«A. FITZ ROY, GoVERNOK.

37 INCORPORATION AMENDMENT ACT OF An Act to amend the Sydney University Incorporation Act. [Assented to 26th April, 1861.] WHEREAS it is expedient to amend the Sydney University Preamble. Incorporation Act, fourteenth Victoria, number thirtyone, in respect to the Constitution of the Senate and the mode of electing the Fellows thereof : Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales in Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same as follows ; I. The fifth and seventh sections of the Act fourteen Repeal of ss. Victoria, number thirty-one, are hereby repealed. vift/irofsi! II. In addition to the number of sixteen Fellows of Certain Prowhom the Senate of the said University now consists, S ^ 0 be there shall be not fewer than three nor more than six Members of ex-officio Members who shall be Professors of the said ena e ' University in such branches of learning as the Senate shall from time to time byany Bye-law in that behalf select. III. Every Professor and other Public Teacher and Professors, Examiner in the Schools of the said University, every Members Principal of any Incorporated College within the said ^1¾^¾ ^1 University,, and every Superior Officer of the said Uni- Graduates, versity declared to be suchby any Bye-law duly passed shall during his tenure of such office in the University, but no longer be a Member of the said University with the same rights and privileges as are enjoyed by persons holding any or either of the Degrees of Master of Arts, Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine within the said University. IV. Every Professor or other person so declared by How future this Act to be a Member of the said University, and JS? e t s 0 cf every person having taken the degree of Master of Arts, >>e fliied. Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine, and keeping his name in accordance with any Bye-law in that behalf on the Register of the said University, shall have the

38 32 UNIVERSITY same privilege as the existing Fellows now have of attending and voting at the election of Fellows, and every future vacancy by death, resignation, or otherwise among the Fellows for the time being shall be filled up by the election at a meeting duly convened for the purpose of such other fit and proper person as may be elected to fill such vacancy by the majority of the following persons present at such meetings, viz., Fellows of the Senate of the said University for the time being Professors and other persons so as last aforesaid declared to be Members of the said University Graduates keeping their Names on the Register of the University who shall have taken within the said University any or either of the Degrees of Master of Arts, Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine : Provided that unless by death or resignation no such vacancy shall occur for any cause not previously specified by some Bye-law of the University duly passed. Provost and V. The Chief Officers of the University now called to' C be styled Provost and Vice-Provost respectively shall hereafter be Chancellor an J 36 s t,yled Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor of the Uniand Vicechancellor, versity : Provided that the present Provost and Vice- Provost shall be the first Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor respectively : And that all the provisions of the said Act of Incorporation now applicable to the Provost and Vice-Provost and to their respective offices shall apply to the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor and their offices respectively. Not to affect γι. Nothing herein shall affect the said recited Act beyond ac- or any other Act or any Letters Patent or other instrument enact " ment or Bye-law of or relating to the said University otherwise than as is by this Act expressly enacted. short Title. VII. This Act shall be styled and may be cited as the " Sydney University Incorporation Act Amendment Act of 1861." In the name and on the behalf of Ber Majesty I assent to this Act. Govt. Souse, Sydney, 26th April, JOHN YOUNG, ADMR. OF THE GOVT.

39 PUECHASE OF SYDNEY COLLEGE. 33 Au Act to enable the University of Sydney to purchase the Sydney College, with the land attached thereto. V? Vict., No. 18. [Assented to 5th September, 1853.] WHEREAS in time past a certain Institution called the Preamble. Sydney College was established by a certain number of Subscribers, forming a Joint Stock Company, for the purpose of imparting the rudiments of a liberal education to the youth of the Colony : And whereas a parcel of land, in the City of Sydney was given as and for the. site and other necessary purposes of the said College by the then Governor of this Colony, Sir Richard Bourke, which land was granted by Her present Majesty, by a Grant or Letters Patent bearing date the fifth day of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-seven, to certain Trustees therein named, and the survivor of them, and the heirs of such survivor, in and by which said grant or Letters Patent it is declared that such land was given and granted for the promotion in the said Colony of Science, Literature, and Art: And whereas a College Hall and other Buildings were erected on the said land by the said Company at a great expense : And whereas after some years the said College began to languish, and at last was temporarily closed as an educational establishment, and the said Land, College Hall, and Buildings are now occupied by the University of Sydney : And whereas William Bland, of Sydney, Esquire, is the sole surviving Trustee named in the said Grant, and is also the last appointed President of the said Sydney College : And whereas at a meeting of the Proprietors of the said Institution, held on the eighteenth day of June last, it was resolved unanimously that the said William Bland should be empowered to treat with the University of Sydney for the sale of the said Land, College Hall, and Buildings, on behalf of the said Proprietors at the full price of all the F i

40 UNIVERSITY shares held by the said Proprietors in the said Institution : And whereas the Senate of the said University of Sydney, having had the said resolution submitted to them, have agreed, on behalf of the said University, with the said William Bland, on behalf of the said Proprietors, to purchase the said Land, College Hall, and Buildings, for the full price of all the said shares, together with the sum of one hundred and fifty pounds, the estimated expenses incurred and to be incurred by the said William Bland in and about carrying the said agreement into effect : And whereas divers volumes of classical books, and certain scientific instruments and apparatus, and other personal property, formerly used in the educational establishment conducted in the said Sydney College, now belong to the Proprietors of the said Sydney College, as such Proprietors, which said books, instruments, apparatus, and other property are now in the possession of the Senate of the said University, and it is desirable, and the Proprietors of the said College are willing, that the same shall be transferred to and vested in the said Sydney University, for the use and benefit thereof: And whereas a certain legacy or sum of five hundred pounds, bequeathed to the said Sydney College, by the late Solomon Levey, Esquire, together with an accumulation of interest thereon, amounting in the whole to the sum of five hundred and sixty-five pounds three shillings and eleven pence, or thereabouts, is now in the possession of George Allen, Esquire, the Treasurer of the said Institution, and the intention of the said Solomon Levey will be best carried out by the said sum of money being transferred to the said University in manner hereinafter mentioned, and the Proprietors of the said Sydney College are willing that the same shall be so transferred for such purposes : And whereas such sale and purchase and the other above-mentioned objects cannot be perfected without the sanction of the Legislature : Be it therefore enacted by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, as follows :

41 PURCHASE OF SYDNEY COLLEGE. 35 I. The said William Bland is hereby empowered to jj.^ 8^ sell, and the said University of Sydney to buy the said Sydney coi- Land, College Hall, and other Buildings for the full l f A ρ 0^; 8 price of all the aforesaid shares in the said Institution, and the uniand the said sum of one hundred and fifty pounds, the Sydney to aforesaid estimated amount of the said expenses incurred *Jj^^e sald and to be incurred by the said William Bland as aforesaid ; and a conveyance of the said Land, College Hall, and other Buildings, duly executed by the said William Bland to the said University, shall be held and deemed to vest to all intents and purposes valid and absolute title in fee simple in and to the said Land, College Hall, and other Buildings in the said University of Sydney and their Successors. II. Upon the execution of such conveyance every As * J>*y~ -n di 1 η 1 y-itt i - π ι - I T HientS to be Proprietor of the said bydney Uoilege shall be entitled made to the to receive on demand from the said University or the ^f^he^^id Senate thereof, and on such demand the said University College, or the Senate thereof shall be bound to pay to every such Proprietor the full amount of all and every share or shares in the said Institution held by such Proprietor; and upon the execution of such conveyance the said William Bland, his executors or administrators, shall also be entitled to receive on demand from the said University or the Senate thereof, and on such demand the said University or the Senate thereof shall be bound to pay to the said William Bland his executors or administrators, the aforesaid sum of one hundred and fifty pounds. c III. Provided always, that in case any doubt shall Jo as Ub t p r0 f arise or exist as to who is or are or shall or may be prfetors' entitled to any of such shares, it shall be lawful for any paitto P er- e person or persons claiming: to be entitled as such Pro- sons entit ed UDOn a n i. π i. J.S j j or - pnetor or Proprietors, to demand and receive any money der of any from the said University or the Senate thereof, under css'or 6 any or by virtue of the provisions hereof, to apply to the Judge Supreme Court of the said Colony or any Judge thereof, in a summary way for an order for the payment of so much money as such person or persons shall be so entitled to receive, and such Court or Judge shall a,nd

42 36 UNrVESSITY may hear and determine every such application in a summary way ; and every order made by such Court or Judge thereon, directing the payment of any such money shall he binding and conclusive upon the said University and the Senate thereof, and shall be a valid and sufficient authority for any payment thereby directed to be made. Classical and IV. The said books, instruments, apparatus, and other tio'nlibooks"personal property belonging to the Proprietors of the ne '' C cofie d sa *^ Sydney College, which are now in the possession of vested in the Senate of the said University as aforesaid, shall be University. an(j ^e same ^6 hereby vested in the said University to the intent and so that the same shall be the absolute property of the said University and their Successors, for the purposes of the said University. Levey's le- V. It shall be lawful for the said George Allen or transferred sucn other person or persons as has or have or may have to the syd-the possession of the said sum of five hundred and sity to found sixty-five pounds three shillings and eleven pence, or eh1nth a íein thereabouts, and he and they is and are hereby directed, ' so soon as a conveyance to the said University of the aforesaid Land, College Hall, and other Buildings, shall, under and by virtue of the provisions hereof, be executed by the said William Bland, to transfer and pay over to the said University, or the Senate thereof, the said sum of five hundred and sixty-five pounds three shillings and eleven pence, or thereabouts ; and such last-mentioned sum shall thereupon become and be the property of the said University and their Successors, to be held nevertheless by the said University and their Successors upon trust, to invest the same at interest upon such security and in such manner in all respects as the Senate of the said University shall, from time to time, in their absolute discretion think fit, and to apply the clear or net interest or income arising therefrom, in or towards the formation or endowment of a Scholarship in the said University, under such regulations as the said University and their Successors, or the Senate thereof, shall deem to be as nearly in accordance with the intentions of the said Solomon Levey in making the aforesaid bequest as circumstances may permit : Provided always, that the said

43 BUILDING FUND. 37 University and their Successors, or the Senate thereof, shall have an absolute and uncontrolled discretion in respect of making and altering all such regulations. Passed the Legislative Coim- \ eil, this twenty-third day of I August, one tlwusand eight ι hundred and fifty-three. ) WM. MACPHERSON, CLERK OF THE COUNCIL. CHARLES NICHOLSON, SPEAKER. In the name and on tlie behalf of Her Majesty, I assent to this Act. CBA?- A. FITZ ROT, Go VERNOH. Govt. House, Sydney, 5th September, An Act to provide a Fund for Building the University of Sydney. 17 Vict., No. 28. [Assented to 24th October, 1853.] WHEREAS it is expedient, with a view gradually to pro- Preamble, vide a Building Fund for the University of Sydney, that a grant for this specific purpose should be made from the General Revenue, payable by the amounts and at the periods hereinafter mentioned : Be it therefore enacted, by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, as follows : - I. There shall be payable to the Senate of the Uni- ίο ^0' ". versity of Sydney, out of the General Revenue of this '? d 'his ses- Colony, or out of any consolidated Revenue Fund with I BuUdfng' ld for tne which such General Revenue may be incorporated, in J addition to the sum ot five thousand pounds voted this sis.ooo more Session towards a Building Fund for the said University, by a i b ns aid the sum of Forty-Five thousand pounds by instalments, ment» of not not exceeding Ten thousand pounds,* nor less than Five Si^ooiT^ior thousand pounds, in each year, until the whole sum so u "* r 500 *By a provision in a subsequent Act of Council (19 Vict. No. 38,) the Governor was empowered to raise the full amount by loan, and to issue it " in such sums and at such times as to him might seem fit, notwithstanding the provision in the Act of Council, 19th Vict. No. 28, that the sum to be paid in any one year out of the Consolidated Revenue shall not exceed ten thousand pounds."

44 38 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. payable shall have been issued, all which payments shall be applied by the said Senate in building the University of Sydney, on such site as may be fixed upon for that purpose, and in no other manner. Detailed ac- H. There shall be laid before the said Legislative expenditure Council, or any House of Assembly, or other House that of so'ooo'to ma y ^e substituted for it, accounts in detail of the be annually expenditure of the said sum of Fifty thousand pounds, \he Legisla- an( i 0^ every part thereof, within thirty days next after tive Council the beginning of the Session after such expenditure Assembly shall have been made ; and all such accounts shall be day^/ter 7 * 7 subject to examination in the same manner as all other the com- accounts- of expenditure chargeable on the General 7êîî nt Revenue of the Colony. Session. m. This Act shall commence and take effect from ^t 1 Of 1 ACt. an< i after the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-four. Passed the Legislative Coun- \ cil, this fifth day of October, \ CHARLES NICHOLSON. one thousand eight hundred I SPEAKER. and fifty-three. ) WM. MACPHERSON, CLERK OF THE COUNCIL. In the name and on the behalf of Ser Majesty, I assent to this Act. CHAS A. FITZ ROY, Go VERNOR-GrENERAL. Govt. House, Sydney, IUh October, 1853.

45 39 ACTS RELATING TO COLLEGES WITHIN THE UNIVERSITY. An Act to provide for the establishment and endowment of Colleges within the University of Sydney. 18 Vict., No. 37. [Assented to 2nd December, 1854.] WHEREAS it is expedient to encourage and assist the Preamble, establishment of Colleges, within the University of Sydney, in which Colleges systematic religious instruction, and domestic supervision, with efficient assistance in preparing for the University lectures and examinations, shall be provided for students of the University : Be it therefore enacted, by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, as follows : I. Whenever any College shall have been established Pecuniary and incorporated by any Act of the Governor and η^ω cer- Council, as a College within the University of Sydney, tain Colleges and the founders of or subscribers to such College shall university have complied with the conditions mentioned in the next of s y dne y section, such College shall be entitled to the endowments hereinafter severally mentioned, which said endowments shall be paid by the Treasurer of the Colony under warrants signed by the Governor. II. No such College, although incorporated, shall be Conditions entitled to such endowments unless and until the sum ao4rl?ent En " of ten thousand pounds, at the least, shall have been subscribed by its founders, and of that sum not less than four thousand pounds shall have been paid and invested in such manner as shall be approved of by the Governor and the residue shall have been to his satisfaction secured to be paid, within three years next following ; nor unless the whole of the said ten thousand pounds shall be devoted exclusively to the erection of College buildings, on land granted for that purpose by Her Majesty to the University, in trust for such College, (if

46 40 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES any shall be so granted, and if not, then upon land otherwise conveyed to and accepted by the University in such trust), and it shall have been agreed by the founders that the entire amount shall be so expended, if the University so require, within five years next after the first payment on account of either of such endowments. tobutidin' HI. There shall be paid out of the General Revenue, ' in aid of the Building Fund of every College, so incorporated, a sum or sums not exceeding in the whole twenty thousand pounds, nor more than shall have been from time to time actually expended by the College out of its subscribed funds for the purpose of building. Endowment IV. There shall be paid out of the said General pai's "alary. Revenue annually to such Incorporated College, in perpetuity, a sum of five hundred pounds, for the use of and as a salary to the Principal of such College or in aid of such salary. Conditions V. Every such Principal shall be entitled to the Endowment, annual salary hereby provided for, on the production of his own certificate, at the time of each payment, that he has during the period to which it relates performed the duties of his office : Provided that he shall transmit to the Colonial Secretary, once in each year, a certificate to the like effect, under the hands of such persons as shall be for that purpose appointed, by the constitution or rules of the particular College. Payment to Principal 0. e Accruing VI. Where any person selected to be the Principal of any such College shall be out of this Colony at the time of his appointment, no such certificate shall be required until after he shall have actually entered on his duties, but he shall be entitled to the salary, (and the College to which he shall have been appointed may receive the same accordingly for his use) from the day of his embarkation for this Colony : Provided that every Principal shall actually enter on his duties within six months after such embarkation, unless the Governor, upon being satisfied that unavoidable obstacles have intervened, shall think fit to extend that term to nine months. VII. Until the subscribed fund shall be required for

47 ENDOWMENT ACT. 41 the erection of College buildings as aforesaid, the proceeds of interest or other proceeds accruing from the investment Fund'ùntii thereof, or of the portion remaining unexpended from expended in time to time, may be applied to the general purposes of the College, as the governing body of such College may determine. VIII. All students in any such College shall, im- students of mediately upon entering therein, matriculate in the u j r5 University, and shall thereafter continue to be members of University thereof, and submit and be subject to the discipline ^tifres." thereof, and shall be required duly and regularly to attend the lectures of the University on those subjects an examination and proficiency in which are required for Honors and Degrees, with the exception (if thought fit by any such College) of the lectures on Ethics, Metaphysics, and Modern History. IX. And whereas it has been resolved by the Seriate Certificate as. of the University of Sydney that Honors and Degrees attainments. shall not be given to any student who shall not prodiiae testimonials of competent religious attainments, and it is expedient to give legal permanency to such resolution: Be it therefore enacted, that no Honor or Degree shall be conferred by the University on any student who shall not produce from the Principal of his College, or (if not belonging to a College) from some religious teacher, or other responsible person accredited by the University, a Certificate that he is of competent religious attainments. X. The term Principal shall include Master, Warden, or any other Head of a College. Passed the Legislative Court- \ cil, this twenty-ninth day I of November, one thousand I eight hmidred fifty-four. ' WM. MACPHEESON, CLERK OF THE COUNCIL. CHARLES NICHOLSON, SPEAKER. In the name and on the behalf of Ser Majesty I assent to this Act. CHAS- A. FITZ EOY, GOVERNOR-GENERAL. Govt. Souse, Sydney, 2nd December, By an Act passed during the Session of 1858, Clause IX. has been repealed.

48 42 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. An Act to Incorporate Saint Paul's College as a College within the University of Sydney. 18 Vict. [Assented to 1st December, 1854.] Preamble. WHEEEAS considerable funds have been subscribed for the Institution and Endowment in the Diocese of Sydney of a College within the University of Sydney, in connection with the United Church of England and Ireland, to be called Saint Paul's College, wherein due religious instruction, in accordance with the doctrines and discipline of that Church, shall be afforded, and provision be made, as soon as may be practicable, for the residence of students, under proper academical control : And whereas it is expedient that the said College (to be governed by a Council consisting of the persons hereinafter mentioned) should be Incorporated : Be it therefore enacted by His Excellency the Governor of New South "Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, as follows : S' Paul's J - S 0 soon as it shall be made to appear to the satiscorporated. faction of the Governor that a sum of not less than ten thousand pounds has been subscribed or contributed for the Endowment aforesaid, and that the amount has either been paid, or secured to be paid, for that purpose, and that a Warden and six Fellows for the Government of the said College, in accordance with the constitution thereof, as in this Act set forth, have been duly appointed and elected respectively, the same shall be notified by Proclamation in the New South Wales Government Gazette, under the hand of the Governor ; and immediately upon such notification, and from thenceforth, the Warden and Fellows of the same College, shall be, and they are hereby constituted a Body Politic and Corporate, by the name of " The Warden and Fellows of Saint Paul's College," by which name the said incorporated body shall have perpetual succession, and shall have a Common Seal, and shall sue and be sued, or otherwise appear and answer and be answered ; and may take and hold to them and their

49 ST. PAUL'S ACT OF INCORPORATION. 43 successors, by grant, will, or otherwise, in perpetuity, or for any term of life or years, as well chattels and other personal property, as lands, buildings, and other hereditaments, and the same or any part thereof may alien, or otherwise dispose of, or demise ; and also shall or may do all other things incident or appertaining to a Body Politic and Corporate. II. Provided always, That it shall not be lawful for Restraining,., /i, ι.disposal of the said Corporation, or any persons or person seized ot Lands deor entitled to Lands in trust for the Corporation, or for ^¾^,". the purposes of the College, to alienate, mortgage, charge or demise any lands or hereditaments granted to or in trust for the Corporation, or for College purposes, by Her Majesty or Her Successors, without the consent in writing of the Governor, with the advice of the Executive Council, for the time being. III. The said Body Politic or Corporate shall consist ^ ^ n F " d of a "Warden and eighteen Fellows, of whom six shall lows to conalways be Clergymen in Priest's Orders of the United ^1,"¾^ Church of England and Ireland, and twelve shall be laymen ; * ivhich said eighteen Fellows shall elect sie from, their own lody, to bo called Senior Fellows, who shall a/ppoint the Warden, who shall not be one of themselves ; and the Warden and six Senior Fellows for the time being shall together form a Council, to be called " The Council of St. Paul's College," in which shall be vested at all times the government in every respect of the College, and all matters relating thereto. IV. The Bishop of the Diocese of Sydney shall be visitor. Visitor of the College, with all such powers as by law appertain to the office of a Visitor of College. V. The Warden shall always be a Clergyman ID. Warden and Priest's Orders of the aforesaid United Church : and he ^ n 6^"" shall have power to appoint a Vice-Warden, who shall in the Warden's absence have all the powers and discharge all the duties of a Warden. VI. The Warden and Vice-Warden shall be respec- Removal or tively liable to removal or suspension, for sufficient cause, sus P ension - by the Senior Fellows, subject to an appeal to the * Repealed as regards the distinction between Senior and Junior Fellows by an Act passed in 1857.

50 44 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES! Senior Fellows. Vacancies. Election of Fellows. Visitor ; and the Vice-Warden shall also be liable to removal or suspension by the Warden, subject to an appeal to the Senior Fellows. VII. Of the Senior Fellows three shall always be Clergymen in Priest's Orders as aforesaid, and the other three shall be laymen. VIII. All vacancies in the office of Warden or in the number of Fellows, or Senior Fellows, occasioned by death, resignation, or removal, or other cause, shall, as soon as conveniently may be after the vacancy, (on notification of the fact under the hand of two Fellows, or Senior Fellows), be supplied in the manner following, that is to say, in the office of Warden by the Senior Fellows ; in the office or place of Senior Fellow, by the twelve other Fellows, from their own body ; and in the place or post of Fellows, by the remaining Fellows. IX. Provided that the first eighteen Fellows shall be elected by the subscribers to the funds of the College, in such manner as they shall among themselves appoint: And that all vacancies in the number of Fellows (not being Senior Fellows), so soon as there shall be twenty Members of the College who are Graduates of the University, continuing on the books of the College, shall be supplied by election by such Graduates, in such manner as the Council may appoint. X. The College of Saint Paul hereby incorporated Saint Paul's College to be a College of shall be a College of and within the University of and within Sydney ; and all Students in the College shall imme the University. ' diately upon entering therein matriculate in the said University, and shall submit and be subject to the discipline thereof, and shall continue in the College so long only as they shall be Members of the University, and shall be required duly and regularly to attend the Lectures of the University on those subjects an examination and proficiency in which are required for Honors and Degrees, with the exception (if thought fit by the Council) of the Lectures on Ethics, Metaphysics, and Modern History. Clergy resident in the XI. In case a Church Constitution for the aforesaid College. United Church within this Colony shall be hereafter

51 ST. PAUL'S ACT OF INCORPORATION. 45 established by any Act or Statute passed for that purpose, every Clergyman resident in the College shall be subject to all such regulations as may (by or in pursuance of such Church Constitution) be enacted for the government of the Clergy in general. XII. The Council of the College shall have power, Power to from time to time, to make and establish all such Bye- J^ Bye " Laws and Rules, for carrying into effect the several provisions and objects for this Act, and particularly for declaring the causes which shall create vacancies in the office of Fellow or Senior Fellow, and directing who shall preside at Meetings of the Council, and of the Fellows, and for the management of the College, and prescribing the duties of the several officers thereof, and of the Warden and Vice-Warden, and the ordering of all things in and connected with the College, and the discipline thereof, to the promotion of Religion and Learning, as to the said Council shall seem expedient ; and such laws and Rules, or any of them, from time to time to alter or revoke, or to substitute others in their place. XIII. Provided that every such Bye-Law and Rule B e Laws t0 J' shall be transmitted to the Governor, within thirty days f ore "the Leafter being made, to be by him laid before the Legis- s'siature. lative Council or Houses of Legislature of the Colony as soon as conveniently may be thereafter. XrV. Provided also that the Warden or Vice-Warden Control over of the College, subject only to the Laws and Rules so made, shall have the general superintendence and control of the Students, and of the Institution. XV. The votes at all meetings of the Fellows, or vote and Senior Fellows, or Council, (except votes for a Senior aeehrigs."' Fellow, or the appointment of a Warden,) shall be taken exclusively of the person presiding, unless there shall be an equality of votes ; and in every case where all the Fellows or Senior Fellows resident within fifty miles of Sydney, entitled to attend, shall have had notice of the time and place of intended meeting, one Clerical and one Lay Member of the Council, with the Warden, shall constitute a Meeting of the Council, and two Clerical and two Lay Fellows with one presiding Fellow shall

52 46 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. constitute a Meeting of the Fellows, and the votes and proceedings of the majority at any such Meeting shall be taken and accepted as the votes and proceedings of the Council of Fellows respectively. Special pow- XVI. Provided that it shall be lawful for the Council, ΘΓ OV DV6 Laws. by any Bye-Law or Bye-Laws by them made, and assented to by the Fellows, to ordain and appoint that the person presiding at any Meeting, whether of the Council, or the Fellows, or the Senior Fellows, shall have a deliberative as well as a casting vote ; and to alter the mode of supplying vacancies in the office of Fellow, by ordaining and appointing that such vacancies, until twenty Graduates have become qualified as Electors, shall be supplied by the remaining Fellows, and the Graduates (continuing on the books of the College) jointly. Temporary XVII. No temporary vacancy or vacancies in the not to preju- office of Warden, or in the number of Fellows or Senior d orat' h n Γ ' -bellows 0^ the College, shall be deemed in any way to affect the Constitution of the College, or its privileges or status as an Incorporated Body. Passed the Legislative Council, \ this twenty-eighth day of I November,onethousandcight ι hundred and fifty-four. J WM. MACPHERSOJST, CLERK OF THE COUNCIL. CHARLES NICHOLSON, SPEAKER. In the name and on the behalf of Ser Majesty, lassent to this Act. CHAS- A. FiTZ EOY, GOVERNOR-GENERAL. Govt. Souse, Sydney, 1st December, 1854.

53 ST. PAUL'S INCOKP. AMENDMENT ACT. 47 An Act to Enlarge the Council of St. Paul's College. [Assented to 15th. December, 1857.] WHEEEAS by an Act passed in the eighteenth year of Preamble. Her Majesty for the Incorporation of St. Paul's College, it was enacted that the Fellows of the College should elect six of their own Body, to be called Senior Fellows, who with the Warden should form the Council of the College. And whereas it is deemed expedient by the Warden, Senior Fellows, and Fellows of the said College that the Council thereof should in future consist of the Warden and all the Fellows without distinction, but that change can only be effected by the authority of the Legislature: Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales, in Parliament assembled and by the authority of the same as follows : I. After the passing of this Act, the distinction be- Council to tween " Fellows " and " Senior Fellows " of St. Paul's "Ä/Lid College shall cease, and no Senior Fellow be elected ; Sen > or Fel - and the Council of the College shall consist of the Warden - and eighteen Fellows for the time being, and in those Fellows the powers now residing exclusively in the Senior Fellows shall be vested. II. Every vacancy hereafter arising in the number of Vacancies in Fellows, shall be notified to the remaining Fellows by Feiiow. the Warden on the requisition in writing of any two Fellows, and he shall as soon afterwards as may be practicable, convene a Meeting of the Fellows to supply such vacancy. III. Before any Meeting of the Council or Fellows Quorum of shall take place, every Fellow resident within fifty miles Fell0 " s of Sydney shall have reasonable notice of the day and place of Meeting, and two Clerical and two Lay Fellows, exclusive of the Warden or Presiding Fellow, shall constitute a Quorum.

54 48 UNIVEESITY COLLEGES. An Act to Incorporate Saint John's College as a College within the University of Sydney. [Assented to 15th December, 1857.] Preamble. WHBEEAS considerable funds have been subscribed for the Institution and Endowment in the Archdiocese of Sydney of a Roman Catholic College within the University of Sydney, to be called " The College of Saint John the Evangelist," wherein the Students shall receive systematic religious instruction and be brought up in the doctrines and discipline of the Roman Catholic Church, and provision be made for the residence of the Students and their preparation for the University Lectures and Examinations under Collegiate control. And whereas it is expedient that the said College should be incorporated : Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of New South "Wales in Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same as follows : saint John's I. So soon as it shall be made to appear to the satiscorporated" f ac ti n of the Governor that a sum of not less than ten thousand pounds has been subscribed or contributed for the Endowment aforesaid, and that the amount has either been paid or secured to be paid for that purpose, and that a Rector and eighteen Fellows for the Government of the said College in accordance with the constitution thereof, as in this Act set forth, have been, duly appointed and elected respectively, the same shall be notified by Proclamation in the New South Wales Gavemnient Gazette, under the hand of the Governor ; and immediately upon such notification and from thenceforth the Rector and Fellows of the same College shall be and they are hereby constituted a Body Politic and Corporate, by the name of " The Rector and Fellows of St. John's College," by which name the said incorporated body shall have perpetual succession and a common seal, and shall sue and be sued or otherwise appear and

55 ST. JOHN'S INCOEPOEATIOK ACT. 49 answer and be answered, and may take and hold to them and their successors by grant will or otherwise in perpetuity or for any term of life or years as well chattels and other personal property as lands buildings and other hereditaments, and the same or any part thereof may alien or otherwise dispose of or demise, and also shall or may do all other things incident or appertaining to a Body Politic and Corporate. II. Provided always that it shall not be lawful for the Restraining said Corporation or any persons or person seized of or i a 'j5s derived rom tlle entitled to lands in trust for the Corporation, or for the f, purposes of the College to alienate, mortgage, charge or demise any lands or hereditaments granted to or in trust for the Corporation, or for College purposes by Her Majesty or Her Successors, without the consent in writing of the Governor, with the advice of the Executive Council for the time being. III. The said Body Politic or Corporate shall consist e, c tors and,. * Jbellows to of a Rector and eighteen Fellows, of whom six shall constitute a always be duly approved Priests and twelve shall be C""" 0 ' 1 - laymen, which said eighteen Fellows shall appoint the Rector who shall not be one of themselves, and the Rector and Fellows for the time being shall together form a Council to be called " The Council of St. John's College," in which shall be vested at all times the Government in every respect of the College and all matters relating thereto. IV. The Roman Catholic Archbishop of Sydney shall visitor. be Visitor of the College, with all such powers as by law appertain to the office of Visitor of a College. V. The Rector shall always be a duly approved Priest, ^? ct. d and the Council shall have power to appoint a Vice- Rector who shall in the Rector's absence have all the powers and discharge all the duties of Rector. VI. The Rector and Vice-Rector shall be respectively Removal or liable to removal or suspension for sufficient cause by sus r ens,on - the Fellows subject to an appeal to the Visitor. VII. All vacancies in the office of Rector or in the vacancies. number of Fellows, occasioned by death, resignation, or removal, or other cause, shall as soon as conveniently G

56 50 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. may be after the vacancy (on notification of the fact under the hand of two Fellows) be supplied in the manner following, that is to say, in the office of Rector by the Fellows, and in the place or post of Fellow by the remaining Fellows. iluow? f VI11 Provided tnat the ' fo^ eighteen Fellows shall be elected by the Subscribers to the funds of the College at a meeting of the Subscribers to be convened by the Visitor by notice in one or more newspapers published in Sydney at least one fbrtnigtht before the day appointed for such meeting. And that all vacancies in the number of Fellows so soon as there shall be twenty Members of the College who are Graduates of the University continuing on the books of the College shall be supplied by the remaining Fellows, and the said Graduates in such manner as the Council may appoint. Saint John's IX. The College of Saint John hereby incorporated a^ouegeofsna 11 be a College of and within the university of and within Sydney, and all Students in the College shall immeeity. " diately upon entering therein matriculate in the said University, and shall thereafter continue to be Members thereof, and submit and be subject to the discipline thereof, and shall be required duly and regularly to attend the Lectures of the University on those subjects, an examination and proficiency in which are required for Honors and Degrees, with the exception (if thoughtfit by the Council) of the Lectures on Ethics, Metaphysics, and Modern History. Power to χ. The Council of the College shall have power from La«-!. ye * time to time to make and establish all such Bye-Laws and Rules for carrying into effect the several provisions and objects of this Act, and particularly for declaring the causes which shall create vacancies in the office of Fellow, and directing who shall preside at Meetings of the Council and of the Fellows and for the management of the College, and prescribing the duties of the several officers thereof,-and of the Rector and Vice Rector, and the ordering of all things in and connected with the College, and the discipline thereof as to the said Council shall seem expedient, and such Laws and Rules or any

57 ST. JOHN'S INCOEPOEATION ACT. 51 of them from time to time to alter or revoke or to substitute others in their place. XI. Provided that every such Bye-law and Rule shall y, e a" a b^or be transmitted to the Governor within thirty days after Parliament. being made, to be by him laid before the Houses of Parliament of the Colony as soon as conveniently may be thereafter. XII. Provided also that the Rector or Vice-Rector of control over the College, subject only to the Laws and Rules so made, shall have the general superintendence and control of the Students and of the Institution. XIII. The votes at all meetings of the Council vote and (except votes for the appointment of a Rector) shall be Meetings, taken exclusively of the person presiding, unless there shall be an equality of votes, in which case he shall have a casting vote, and in every case where all the Fellows resident within fifty miles of Sydney entitled to attend shall have had notice of the time and place of intended meeting, one Clerical and two Lay Members of the Council with the Rector shall constitute a meeting of the Council, and the votes and proceedings of the majority at any such meeting shall be taken and accepted as the votes and proceedings of the Council or Fellows respectively. XIV. Provided that it shall be lawful for the Council special Powby any Bye-Law or Bye-Laws to alter the mode of sup- " J^ B>' e - plying vacancies in the office of Fellow by ordaining and appointing that such vacancies, until twenty Graduates have become qualified as Electors, shall be supplied by the remaining Fellows, and the Graduates (continuing on the books of the College) jointly. XV. No temporary vacancy or vacancies in the office Temperan of Rectorar in the number of Fellows of the College "^0K 11. shall be deemed in any way to affect the Constitution of <iice the Corthe College, or its privileges or status as an Incorporated 1 "" 3 Body.

58 52 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. An Act to Incorporate Wesley College as a College within the University of Sydney. [Assented to 1st June, 1860.] Preamble. WHEREAS considerable sums have been subscribed for the Institution and Endowment in the Colony of New South Wales of a College within the University of Sydney, to be called " Wesley College," wherein the Students shall receive systematic religious instruction and be brought up in the doctrines and discipline of the Wesleyan Methodist Church, and provision be made for the residence of the Students and their preparation for the University Lectures and Examinations under Collegiate control. And whereas it is expedient that the said College should be Incorporated. Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales in Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same as follows : Wesley Col- I. So soon as it shall be made to appear to the iraate'd 1 satisfaction of the Governor that a sum of not less than ten thousand pounds has been subscribed or contributed for the endowment aforesaid, and that the amount has either been paid Or secured to be paid for that purpose, and that a Principal and twelve Fellows for the government of the said College, in accordance with the constitution thereof as in this Act set forth, have been duly appointed and elected respectively, the same shall be notified by Proclamation in the New South Wales Government Gazette under the hand of the Governor, and immediately upon such notification and from thenceforth the Principal and Eellows of the same College shall be and they are hereby constituted a Body Politic and Corporate by the name of the " Principal and Fellows of Wesley College," by which name the said Incorporated Body shall have perpetual succession and a common seal, and shall sue and he sued, or otherwise

59 AVESLEY INCOKPOEATION ACT. 53 appear and answer and be answered, and may take and hold to them and their successors by grant, will, or otherwise, in perpetuity or for any term of life or years, as well chattels and other personal property, as lands, buildings, and other hereditaments, and the same or any part thereof may alien or otherwise dispose of or demise, and also shall or may do all other things incident or appertaining to a Body Politic and Corporate. II. Provided always that it shall not be lawful for the ^f e 0 'j. g said Corporation or any persons or person seized of or Lands deentitled to lands in trust for the Corporation or for the [J'/c/o. purposes of the College to alienate, mortgage, charge, or demise any lands or hereditaments granted to or in trust for the Corporation or for College purposes, by Her Majesty or Her Successors, without the consent in writing of the Governor with the advice of the Executive Council for the time being. III. The said Body Politic or Corporate shall consist Principal of a Principal and twelve Fellows, of whom four shall t 0 constitute always be Wesleyan Methodist Ministers in full connec- a Council, tion with the Conference, and eight shall be Laymen who shall be communicants with the Wesleyan Methodist Church, and of whom five at least shall be members of the Wesleyan Methodist Society, which said twelve Fellows, with the principal of the College, shall together form a Council, to be called " The Council of Wesley College," in which shall be vested at all times the government in every respect of the College and all matters relating thereto. Provided that the ceasing of any person to hold the qualification under which he is elected a Fellow, shall ipso facto vacate his seat. rv. The four senior Ministers resident for the time clerical being in the County of Cumberland, not being Supernumeraries, shall be the clerical members of the Council. V. The Principal, who shall not be a Fellow, shall Principal, always be a Wesleyan Methodist Minister in full connection with the said Conference, and shall be appointed by the Fellows. Provided that any Minister in connection with the Wesleyan Methodist Conference in Great Britain or Ireland, shall be eligible, and may be

60 54 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. appointed to the office of Principal, if after his' acceptance of office aud before entering upon the duties thereof, he shall become a Member of the Conference defined in the twenty-fourth section of this Act. visitor. VI. The President for the time being of the Conference or in his absence from the Colony of New South Wales, the Chairman for the time being of the New South Wales District shall be Visitor of the College, and shall have the right to visit the College at any time, to examine into the manner in which it is conducted, and to see that its laws and regulations are duly observed and executed. Removal or VII The Principal shall be liable to removal or Ruspensio. SUSp ens i 0:n f rom \ s office as such Principal for sufficient cause by the Fellows subject to an appeal to the Visitor in any case involving his moral character, provided that if the ground of complaint shall concern the Theological or Religious Doctrines or Teaching of the Principal, the Fellows shall not adjudicate thereon, but shall remit the same for trial to the properly constituted Methodistic Courts, whose decision shall be final. Confirmation VEII. The decision of the Fellows for the removal or quent meet- suspension of the Principal shall not take effect unless it lng shall be confirmed by three-fourths of the Fellows present at a subsequent meeting, of which seven days previous notice shall have been given, and at which not less than three-fourths of the whole number of Fellows shall be present, vacancies. IX. All vacancies in the office of Principal or in the number of Lay Fellows occasioned by death, resignation, or removal, or other cause, shall, as soon as conveniently may be after the vacancy (on notification of the fact under the hand of two Fellows) be supplied in the manner following, that is to say, in the office of Principal by the Fellows, and in the place or post of Lay Fellow by the remaining Fellows. Lay Fellows X. The first eight Lay Fellows shall be elected by Contributors Ballot as hereinafter provided by the Contributors to by Ballot, ^he Institution and Endowment of the said College, whose number of Votes respectively shall be according

61 WTESLEY INCORPORATION ACT. 55 to the following scale of their paid up contributions : Amount Paid. Number of Votes. Scale of 1 and not exceeding 5 One Above 5 and not exceeding 50 Two Above 50 and not exceeding 100 Three Above 100 and not exceeding 200 Four Exceeding 200 Five XI. On or before a day to be fixed by the Provisional One Candi- Committee, and twice advertised in one or more Sydney propos by daily papers, such day not being earlier than fourteen j{j t Co s "" days after the first such advertisement, any two Contributors entitled to vote may, in writing under their hands addressed to such Committee, propose as a Candidate for such election, one layman being a communicant with the Wesley an Methodist Church, and such proposers, shall, under their hands, state that fact, and also whether such Candidate is or is not a Member of the Wesleyan Methodist Society. XII. The Provisional Committee shall cause anlistofcan- Alphabetical List to be made of all Candidates so ^¾;^^ proposed, with their residences, designations, and of scrutiqualifications, and shall on an early day appoint by neers ' ordinary Ballot three Members of their own Body to be Scrutineers for managing the Election, to whom copies of such List shall be furnished. XIII. The Scrutineers shall cause a sufficient number List to be e of copies of such List for the purpose hereinafter % Ε t as Β 3 Ι- mentioned, to be printed with the heading " Balloting 1 0 ""^¾" Paper for Eight Lay Fellows of "Wesley College," and tributor. with an Address of the Scrutineers in Sydney so indorsed as to serve for the return of the Paper when folded, and shall transmit by Post or otherwise to each Contributor one such Ballot Paper marked at the top thereof under the hand of one such Scrutineer with a number corresponding with the number of votes to which such Contributor is entitled. And the said Scrutineer shall place under Seal until the Election is completed all the remaining Ballot Papers. XIV. Every Contributor shall, on the Ballot Paper so How Ballot transmitted to him, make a cross or other distinct mark nmcked and

62 56 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. returned. m f r011 t; 0f t ne names of the Candidates, not exceeding eight, for whom he desires to vote, and shall transmit such paper folded and sealed by post or otherwise to the address thereon indorsed before a day, to be fixed and advertised in manner aforesaid. Examina- XV. On the day so fixed as last aforesaid, or so soon iot"papers " thereafter as conveniently may be the Scrutineers shall and Dejara meet in Sydney, and they or any two of them shall open tion. and examine all the returned Ballot Papers, and shall make a list of all the Candidates for whom any vote shall have been given in the order of the collective number of their votes, and of these Candidates the five Members of the Wesleyan Methodist Society who shall have the greatest number of votes, and after the selection of these, the three Candidates who shall then stand highest on the list, shall be declared by the said Scrutineers to be and shall be the first eight Lay Fellows of Wesley College. Election of XYI, All vacancies in the number of Lay Fellows, so soon as there shall be twenty Members of the College who are Graduates of the University, continuing on the books of the College and being Members of the Wesleyan Methodist Church, shall be supplied by the remaining Fellows, and the said Graduates in such manner as the Council may appoint. Wesley Col- XYII. Wesley College, hereby incorporated, shall be CoUege of* a College of and within the University of Sydney, and and within &[\ Students in the College shall immediately upon the univer-.. o., - j sity. entering therein, matriculate in the said University, and shall thereafter continue to be Members thereof, and submit and be subject to the discipline thereof, and shall be required duly and regularly to attend the Lectures of the University on those subjects, an examination and proficiency in which are required for Honors and Degrees, rower to Laws. 5e XVIII. The Council of the College shall have power from time to time to make and establish all such byelaws and rules for carrying into effect the several provisions and objects of this Act, and particularly for declaring- the causes which shall create vacancies iu the

63 WESLEY INCORPORATION ACT. 57 office of Fellow, and directing who shall preside at Meetings of the Council and of the Fellows, and for the management of the College, and prescribing the duties of the several officers thereof, and of the Principal, and the ordering of all things in and connected with the College and the discipline thereof, as to the said Council shall seem expedient, and such laws and rules or any of them from time to time to alter or revoke or substitute others in their place. XIX. Provided that every such bye-law and rule shall 3? y f'^?^ t0 be transmitted to the b-overnor within thirty days after fore Parliabeing made, to be by him laid before the Houses of ment ' Parlament in the Colony as soon as conveniently may be thereafter, and shall also be transmitted to the President of the Conference to be laid before the Conference then next to be holden. XX. Provided also that the Principal of the College Control over subject only to the laws and rules so made, shall have the general superintendence and control of the Students and of the Institution. XXI. The votes at all meetings of the Fellows or Vot e and t Council (except votes for the appointment of a Principal) rneetsigs 3 ' shall be taken exclusively of the person presiding, unless there shall be an equality of votes, and in every case where all the Fellows resident within fifty miles of Sydney entitled to attend, shall have had notice of the time, place, and object of the intended meeting ; one Clerical, and two Lay Members of the Council, with the Principal, shall constitute a meeting of the Council, and two Clerical and four Lay Fellows with one presiding Fellow, shall constitute a meeting of the Fellows, and the votes and proceedings of the majority at any such meeting shall be taken and accepted as the votes and proceedings of the Council or Fellows respectively. XXII. Provided that it shall be lawful for the Council Special powby any bye-law or bye-laws to ordain and appoint, that Laws! ye ~ the person presiding at any meeting of the Council shall 'have a deliberate as well as a casting vote, and to alter the mode of supplying vacancies in the office of Fellow by ordaining and appointing, that such vacancies

64 58 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. until twenty Graduates have become qualified as electors shall be supplied by the remaining Fellows, and the Graduates (continuing on the books of the College and being members of the Wesleyan Church) jointly. Temporary XXIII. No temporary vacancy or vacancies in the not a tovreju- omce 0^ Principal or in the number of Fellows of the dice the Cor- College, shall be deemed in any way to affect the conporation. station of the College, or its privileges or status as an Incorporated Body, interpretation clause. XXIV. For the purposes of this Act, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter assigned to them respectively, so far as such meaning is not excluded by or inconsistent with the context. The term " Conference " shall mean or refer to the Wesleyan Methodist Conference, administering the affairs of the Wesleyan Methodist Church in New South Wales. The term " Layman " shall mean or refer to all persons other than Ministers in full or Preachers in probationary connexion with the said Conference, or with any other Wesleyan Methodist Conference, recognized by the said Conference.

65 DEED OF GRANT. DEED OF GRANT UNDEE WHICH THE UNIVERSITY HOLDS THE LAND GRANTED TO IT BT THE CROWN. Victoria, by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith, &c, &c. To all to whom these presents shall come Greeting. WHEREAS by an Act of the Governor and Legislative Council of the Colony of New South Wales, passed in the fourteenth year of our Reign, intituled " An Act to Incorporate and Endow the University of Sydney," a Senate consisting of Sixteen Fellows to be nominated and appointed : and also were thereafter duly nominated and appointed, as by that Act is directed, was constituted a Body Politic and Corporate with perpetual succession, by the name of the " University of Sydney :" And the said Body Politic were by that name rendered capable in Law, to take, purchase, and hold to them and their successors not only such lands, buildings, hereditaments, and possessions, as might from time to time be exclusively used and occupied for the immediate requirements of the said University, but also any other lands, buildings, hereditaments, and possessions whatsoever, and to grant, demise, alien or otherwise dispose of all or any of the property, real or personal, belonging to the said University : And also to do all other matters and things incidental to or appertaining to a Body Politic : And whereas provision has been made by the said Governor and Legislative Council for defraying the cost of erecting buildings for the purposes of the said University : And application has been made to us for a Grant of Land whereon to erect such buildings, and for the formation

66 UNIVEESITY of a Park and Gardens in connection therewith : And whereas it is contemplated that Colleges shall be established within the said University, in which Colleges systematic religious instruction and domestic supervision with efficient assistance in preparing for the University lectures and examinations shall be provided for Students in the said University : And the said Governor and Legislative Council have made provision for assisting the erection of the necessary buildings for such Colleges upon land to be granted for that purpose by us to the said University in Trust for such Colleges if any should be so granted, and if not, then upon land otherwise conveyed to and accepted by the University upon such trusts : And whereas it is expected that Colleges connected with the four several Churches or religious denominations hereinafter particularly mentioned will shortly be established within the said University, and application has been made to us for land to be granted to the said University in trust for such four several Colleges : And whereas it has been determined on our behalf by his Excellency Sir Charles Augustus Fitz Roy, our Governor-General of our Australasian Possessions, and Governor of our Territory and Colony of New South Wales, with the advice of the Executive Council of our said Colony, that certain lands situate near the City of Sydney, comprising in all one hundred and twenty-six acres, more or less, and which lands are hereinafter more particularly described, shall be appropriated and granted upon the terms and conditions hereinafter mentioned for the uses and purposes of the said University and of Colleges within the same : And whereas we being desirous of encouraging the said University, and of assisting the establishment of Colleges within the same, to the end that religion, virtue, and sound learning may be by means of the said University and Colleges better advanced within our said Territory of New South Wales have approved of the said determination so made on our behalf : And whereas by reason of the four Colleges herein more particularly mentioned being so as aforesaid expected to be shortly established

67 DEED OF GRANT. but without the intention of thereby creating any distinction whatsoever of classes or denominations amongst our subjects resident in our said Colony, we have approved of the special provision hereinafter contained being made at this time for such four several Colleges : Now know ye that for the purposes aforesaid we of our own special grace do for us, our heirs and successors, hereby grant unto." The University of Sydney," so constituted and incorporated as aforesaid : All that piece or parcel of land situate lying and being in the parish of Petersham and County of Cumberland in the Colony aforesaid, containing by admeasurement one hundred and twenty-six acres, more or less, commencing at a point on the south side of the Parramatta Road, distant seventy-three links, south-westerly from the north-west corner of the Toll Gate House, and bounded on the east by a curved line of fence, the general bearing being south forty degrees forty-four minutes, west four chains twenty-four links, thence south thirty-one degrees twenty minutes, west six chains and seventeen links, thence south seven degrees, east five chains and eightynine links, thence south eighteen degrees forty-five minutes, west three chains and nine links, thence south two degrees, west five chains sixty-seven links, and thence south fourteen degrees thirty minutes, east six chains and fifty-two links, to the present or new New Town Road, and thence by that Road bearing southwesterly four chains and sixty-one links to the site granted for an Episcopal Residence, on the south-west by the north-east boundary line of that land bearing north-westerly seven chains and sixty-five links, on the south-east by the north-west boundary line of that land bearing south-westerly four chains aud sixty links, on the north-east by the south-western boundary line of that land in its prolongation bearing south-easterly eight chains and forty-eight links to a reserved street on the south by that street dividing it from the Camperdown Estate bearing west eleven degrees thirty minutes, south twenty chains and fifty-one links to a reserved road, again on the south-west by that road bearing north

68 UNIVERSITY twenty-four degrees thirty minutes, west thirteen, chains and seventy links, thence west thirty-eight degrees twenty minutes, north thirteen chains and seventy-six links to the southernmost corner of the Roman Catholic Church allotment, on the north-west by the south-eastern boundary lines of the Roman Catholic Church Parsonage and School allotments bearing north-easterly four chains, again on the south-west by the north-east boundary line of the said School allotment five chains and fifty-three links to the Parramatta Road, and again on the northwest by that Road and its embankments and cuttings bearing north-easterly to the point of commencement aforesaid : With all the rights, privileges, members and appurtenances thereunto belonging or in anywise appertaining: To hold unto the said University of Sydney and their successors for ever : Yielding and paying therefore yearly unto us, our heirs and successors, the Quit Rent of one peppercorn for ever, if demanded, for the purposes aiid upon the trusts hereinafter mentioned, that is to say : As to so much of the said piece or parcel of land hereby granted as shall not be set apart by the Senate of the University for the Sub-grants hereinafter mentioned upon trust for the erection thereon of buildings for the said University, and for the formation of a Park and Gardens in connection therewith ; and as to four several portions of the said land so hereby granted to consist each of not less than eighteen acres to be selected by the said Senate upon the trusts following, that is to say : As to one such portion of the said land hereby granted upon trust when and so soon as a College in connection with the United Church of England and Ireland shall have been duly established and incorporated as a College within the said University, and the founders thereof or Subscribers to the same shall have complied with the conditions of public endowment, mentioned in the Act of the said Governor and Legislative Council, passed in the present year of our reign, intituled " An Act to provide for the establishment and endowment of Colleges within the University of Sydney," to make and execute a Sub-grant of such piece or parcel

69 DEED OF GTRANT. 63 of land to Trustees for such College for the purposes and upon the conditions hereinafter mentioned : And,as to one other such portion of the said land hereby granted to the said University upon the lite trust for a College in connection with the Church of Rome, when the same shall have been in like manner established and incorporated as a College within the said University, and the founders thereof or the Subscribers to the same shall have complied with the said conditions of public endowment : And as to one other such portion of the said land hereby granted to the said University upon the like trust for a College in connection with the Church of Scotland, when the same shall have been in like manner established and incorporated as a College within the said University, and the founders thereof or subscribers to the same shall have complied with the said conditions of public endowment : And as to one other such portion of the said land hereby granted to the said University upon the like trusts for a College in connection with the Religious Society, denominated " Wesleyan Methodists," when the same shall have been in like manner established and incorporated as a Colleg'e within the said University, and the founders thereof or subscribers to the same shall have complied with the said conditions of public endowment : Provided always, that the said University shall not be obliged to make any such Sub-grant upon trust for any or either of such Colleges which shall not have become so established and incorporated, or whereof the founders or subscribers to the same shallnothave complied with the said conditions of public endowment within five years from the date of the issue of these presents : Provided also, that if any or either of the above declared trusts shall lapse by reason of such failure as in the preceding proviso is mentioned, or if any or either of the said four portions of land so set apart for Sub-grants as afoi'esaid, shall after the Sub-grant thereof, in accordance herewith in trust for any or either of the said four Colleges, become re-vested in the said University under or by virtue of the proviso hereinafter lastly contained, then and in either of such

70 UNIVERSITY cases the, said University shall hold the portions or portion of and in respect of which any such lapse shall have occurred, or which shall have become re-vested as aforesaid upon trust to make and execute such Sub-grant or Sub-grants thereof, or of any portion or portions thereof respectively, as shall be in that behalf directed by the Governor of our said Colony, for the time being, with the advice of the said Executive Council upon trust for such College or Colleges within the said University, as the said Governor and Executive Council shall think fit, and as shall be in our behalf named and declared by an instrument or instruments to be executed by the Governor for the time being under the Great Seal of the Colony : And we do hereby direct that the said several Sub-grants shall be made upon trusts for the erection upon the lands thereby Sub-granted or conveyed of buildings for the uses and purposes of such Colleges respectively, and for the formation of Gardens and Grounds for recreation and exercise in connection therewith : And that each of such Sub-grants shall be made to five Trustees of whom two and their successors (one of them being the Provost or Vice-Provost of the University,) shall be nominated by the Senate of the said University : And other two and their successors shall be nominated by the Councils or other Governing Bodies of the said Colleges respectively, or by the Heads of the Religious.denominations (if any) in connection with which such Colleges may respectively have been established, (as may have been determined by the constitutions of such Colleges respectively,) and of whom the fifth and his successors shall be chosen and nominated by the other four Trustees or their successors, or in default thereof shall be nominated by the said Senate : And we do hereby further direct, that the said several Sub-grants shall be made upon the conditions that the buildings to be erected upon the lands respectively thereby conveyed shall be completed within five years from the issue of such Sub-grants respectively, or such more extended time as the said Senate may allow in such case : And that the same respectively shall be erected in

71 DEED OF GRANT. such positions respectively, and according to such designs, plans, sections and elevations, and of such construction as shall be approved by the said Senate : And that the Gardens and Grounds for recreation and exercise in connection with such Colleges respectively, shall be laid out and made within a reasonable time in that behalf, and according to such general designs as shall be approved of by the said Senate : And we do hereby further direct, that such several Sub-grants shall be made upon conditions for securing the lands respectively thereby conveyed, and every part thereof from being applied to or used for any purpose other than such as shall be consistent with and in furtherance of the objects hereof, and shall be authorized by the term of the said Sub-grants respectively : And also for securing the maintenance of the connection of the said Colleges respectively, with the said University in accordance with the provisions and true intent and meaning of the said Act of the said Governor and Legislative Council, passed in the present year of our reign : And lastly we direct that in the said Sub-grants respectively there shall be contained a provision for making void the same respectively, and for re-vesting the lands thereby conveyed together with all buildings, erections, and other improvements thereon, in the said University in the event of the trusts and conditions of the said Sab-grants respectively not being carried out and observed according to the true intent and meaning thereof : In witness whereof we have caused this our grant to be sealed with the seal of our said Territory, witness our Trustee and well beloved Sir Charles Augustus Fitz Roy, Knight-Companion of the Royal Hanoverian Guelphic Order, our Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief of our said Territory and its Dependencies, at Government House, Sydney, in New r South Wales, the Eighteenth Day of January, in the year of our Lord One thousand eight hundred and fifty-five, and in the Eighteenth year of our reign. Seal of the Colony. CHAS. A. FITZ EOY. Entered on Record by me in Register of Orante No. 105, pages 419 to 429 inclusive, this twenty-third day of January, one thousand eight hundred % fifty-five. C. D. EIDDELL, Colonial Secretary and Registrar. H

72 INDEX TO BY-LAWS. Page I. Chancellor 67 II. Vice-Chancellór 67 III, Senate ' 67 Meetings and Rules of Procedure 67 Election to Vacancies 69 Ex-officio Members 70 IV. Superior Officers V. Registrar 70 VI. Seal of the University.. 70 VII. Faculties 71 VIII. Limitation of Title of Professor 71 IX. Proctorial Board 71 X. Boards of Studies.. 72 XL Terms 73 XII. Faculty of Arts 73 Subjects of Study 73 Board of Examiners 74 Matriculation 74 Lectures 75 Yearly Examinations 76 Ad Eundem Statum 77 Bachelor of Arts " 77 Master of Arts.. 78 Scholarships 80 XIIL Faculty of Laws ' 81 LL.B 81 LL.D 82 XIV. Faculty of Medicine 83 M.B 83 M.D 84 XV. Register of Graduates 85 XVI Academic Costume and Discipline 85 XVII. Non-Matriculated Students 87

73 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY. I. CHANCELLOR. 1. The election to the office of Chancellor shall take place at a duly convened meeting of the Senate, to be held in the first week in Lent term. 2. The Chancellor shall bè elected for a period of three years, (except as hereinafter provided), to be computed from the date of election ; but shall be eligible for' re-election. 3. In the event of the office of Chancellor becoming vacant by death, resignation, or otherwise, before the expiration of the full term of office herein prescribed, the election of a successor shall be proceeded with at the next ensuing regular meeting of the Senate ; and the Chancellor so appointed shall hold office until the first regular meeting of the Senate in the Lent term next after the expiration of three years from the date of such election. II. VICE-CHANCELLOE. I. The election of the Vice-Chancellor shall take place at a duly convened meeting of the Senate, to be held in the first week in Lent term, except as in cases otherwise provided for by the Act of Incorporation. III. SENATE. MEETINGS AND RULES OP PROCEDURE. 1. The Senate shall meet on the first Wednesday in every month, or on the nearest convenient day, should such first Wed-

74 68 BY-LAWS OF iiesday be a Public Holiday, and may adjourn from time to time - to conclude any unfinished business. 2. At any time in the interval between such monthly meetings, it shall be competent for the Chancellor, or in his absence, the Vice-Chancellor, in any case of emergency, to call a special meeting of the Senate, to be held as soon as conveniently may be, for the consideration of any business which he may wish to submit to them. 3. Upon the written requisition of any three members, the Chancellor, or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor, or in the absence of both, the Registrar, shall convene a special meeting of the Senate, to be held as soon as conveniently may be after the expiration of nine days from the receipt of such requisition. 4. Except in any case of emergency as aforesaid, no motion initiating a subject for discussion shall be made, but in pursuance of notice given at least nine days previously ; and every such notice shall be entered in a book, to be kept by the Registrar for that purpose. 5. The Registrar shall issue to each Member of the Senate a summons with a written specification of the various matters to be considered at the next meeting of the Senate, whether such meeting be an ordinary or a special one ; and such summons, except in any case of emergency as aforesaid, shall be issued at least seven days previously to each meeting. G. In the event of a quorum of the Senate not being present at any monthly or other meeting, within half an hour after the hour appointed, the meeting shall lapse, but the members then present may adjourn the meeting to any convenient future day, of which seven days notice shall be given by the Registrar Ln the usual manner. 7. All the proceedings of the Senate shall be entered in a journal ; and at the opening of each meeting the minutes of the preceding meeting shall be read and confirmed, and the signature of the Chairman then presiding shall be attached thereto.

75 THE UNIVERSITY If any elected Fellow shall, without leave from the Senate, be absent from their meetings for six consecutive calendar months, his fellowship shall ipso facto become vacant. ELECTION TO VACANCIES. 9. At the first meeting of the Senate, after the occurrence of a vacancy among the Fellows, a day shall be fixed for a Convo-.cation for the election of a successor, such day to be within forty days from the date of such Senate meeting, and to be announced at least thirty days previously to such Convocation by notice posted at the University, and by advertisement in one or more of the daily newspapers. 10. The Convocation for the election of a Fellow shall be held in the University, and shall be presided over in the same manner as if it were a meeting of the Senate. 11. Every Candidate submitted for election must be proposed and seconded by *legally qualified voters ; and the votes shall be given by show of hands. If the President's decision be questioned, a Poll shall be at once taken by voting papers, to be signed in each case by the voter, and to be handed to the President, who shall cause the numbers to be taken down by two Proctors or acting Proctors, and on their report shall declare the result. 12. At the time fixed for a Convocation for the election of a Fellow, the Registrar shall prepare for the President's use a complete list of all persons entitled to vote under the provisions of the law, and a copy of such list shall be posted in a conspicuous place in the University for two days at least before the time of Convocation. * The legally qualified voters are Fellows of the Senate for the time being, Professors, Public Teachers, and Examiners in the Schools of the University, Principals of Incorporated Colleges within the University, Superior Officers of the University declared to be such by By-Law, and Graduates keeping their names on the Register of the University who shall have taken any or either of the Degrees of M. A., LL.D,, or M.D., in this University. IA Vic, No. 13.

76 70 BY-LAWS OF 13. None but legally qualified voters shall be allowed to be present during the taking of a Poll. EX-OrFICIO MEMBERS. (24 Victoria No. 13.) 14. The Senior Professor of Classics, the Senior Professor of Mathematics, and the Senior Professor of Chemistry and Experimental Physics shall be " nx-officio " members of the Senate, under the provisions of the " Sydney University Incorporation- Act Amendment Act of 1861." SUPERIOR IV. OFFICERS. (24 Victoria No. 13. ) 1. The Registrar is hereby declared to be a Superior Officer of the University, entitled to the rights and privileges conferred by the " Sydney University Incorporation Act Amendment Act of 1861." V. REGISTRAR. 1. The Registrar shall keep all necessary records of the proceedings of the University, conduct all necessary correspondence, and keep such registers and books of account as may be required. 2. All fees, fines, or other sums received by the Registrar in his capacity as such, shall be paid over to the credit of the University, in order that the same may be applied, accounted for and audited in such manner as the Senate may from time to time appoint. VI. SEAL OF THE UNIVERSITY. 1. The Seal of the University shall be placed in the charge of the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, and Registrar, and shall not be affixed to any document except by order of the Senate.

77 THE UNIVERSITY. 71 ' '" -'. - ' v u. ;;,; ν -. ; : ; ; : ". FACULTIES;... " " 1. There shall be three Faculties in the University, viz : : 1> Arts. '.. : 2. Law. '. -' 3. Medicine. '''"/' yin..' ; LIMITATION OF TITLE OF PROFESSOR. 1. The Title. of Professor shall be distinctive of Public. Teachers in the University ; and no person in or belonging to the University or any Collège within it, shall assume that. Title without the express authority of the Senate of the. University..-,JX. '. ' ' ' PROCTORIAL BOARD. 1. The Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor, the Senior Professor of Classics, the Senior Professor of Mathematics, and the Senior Professor of Chemistry and Experimental Physics, shall form a Board, tobe called the'"-proctorial Board, v to which shall be confided the duty of enforcing the observance of, order on the part of the Undergraduates of the University. This. Board ' shall make such regulations as it may deem expedient for the maintenance of discipline amongst the Undergraduates, and shalljiaye the power of inflicting or authorizing to be; inflicted, all such Academic Punishments as are sanctioned by the present usage of British Universities, including Pines to an amount not exceeding five pounds ( 5) for any.one offence : Provided however that the Board shall not proceed to the expulsion of any Undergraduate, or to his suspension for à period exceeding- one Term, without the express authority of the Senate. "'- ~ 2. No question-shall be decided at any meeting of this Board, unless three Members at the least shall be present; ;" V- h'

78 72 BY-LAWS. 3. At meetings of this Board, the Chair shall he occupied by the Chancellor, or in his absence by the Vice-Chancellor, or in the absence of both the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor, by the Dean of the Faculty of Arts ; and in the event of an equality of votes at any meeting, the Chairman shall have a casting vote. At meetings of this Board the Registrar of the University shall attend and record the proceedings, and it shall be his duty to collect all fines imposed by, or under the authority of the Board. It shall be the duty of the Registrar to convene the Board on the requisition of any one of its members at such time within seven days from the date of the requisition as may be directed by the Chancellor, or in his absence by the Vice-Chancellor, on whom it shall be incumbent to give such direction on the Registrar's application. In the event of the absence of the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor, the time of meeting shall be fixed by the Dean of the Faculty of Arts. X. BOARDS OF STUDIES. 1. The Professors in the subjects required for the examination for the degree of B.A. shall form a Board ; of which the Senior Professor, being a member of the Proctorial Board, shall be President, with the title of Dean of the Faculty of Arts. 2. The Professors and Examiners in the Faculty of Law shall form a Board ; of which the Senior Professor shall be President, with the title of Dean of the Faculty of Laws. 3. The Professors and Examiners in the Faculty of Medicine shall form a Board ; of which the Senior Professor shall be President, with the title of Dean of the Faculty of Medicine. 4.- It shall be the duty of the above named Boards to deliberate and report to the Senate upon all questions relating to the studies and examinations in their several Faculties.

79 FACULTY OF ARTS The Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor, and the Professors of the three several Faculties shall form a Board, to be called the " Conference Board," for the consideration of all general questions relating to the studies of the University, or which may be referred to them by the Senate. XT. TERMS. 1. The Academic year shall contain three Terms, that is to say : LENT TEEM Commencing on the second Monday in February, and terminating with the third week in May, with an interval (not exceeding eight days) at Easter. TEINITY TEEM Commencing on the third Monday in June, and terminating with the last week in August. MICHAELMAS TEEM Commencing on the first Monday in October, and terminating with the second week in December. XII. FACULTY OF ARTS. SUBJECTS OF STUDY. 1. Professors and Lecturers, appointed by the Senate, shall give instruction in the following subjects : 1. Greek Language and Literature. 2. Latin Language and Literature. 3. Ancient History. 4. Mathematics. 5. Natural Philosophy. 6. Chemistry. 7. Experimental Physics. 8. Mental Philosophy and Logic. O. Moral and Political Philosophy.

80 74 FACULTY OF AETS. 10. Modern History. 11. Natural History, comprising Mineralogy and Geology. Botany. Zoology. 12. French Language and Literature. 13. German Language and Literature. BOAKD OP EXAMINERS. 2. The members of the Board of Studies in the Faculty of Arts, together with such other persons as may from time to time be appointed by the Senate, shall form a Board of Examiners for conducting the Examinations in the Faculty of Arts, and of this Board the Dean of the Faculty, or in his absence the Professor next in seniority, shall be Chairman. 3. The Board of Examiners shall, from time to time, and in accordance with the provisions of the By-Laws for the time being, frame rules, and appoint times and places for the several examinations in the Faculty of Arts. 4. At the conclusion of each examination the Board shall transmit to the Senate a report of the result, signed by the Chairman, and by, at least, two other members. MATRICULATION. 5. Candidates for Matriculation must make application to the Registrar before the commencement of Lent Term. 6. No person shall be admitted as an undergraduate of the University, except on certificate of having satisfactorily passed the examination for Matriculation. 7. The Matriculation Examination shall take place once a year, and shall commence on the second day in Lent Term ; but it shall be competent to the Senate, under special circumstances, to admit Candidates (after examination) at other periods.

81 FACULTY OF AKTS The examination shall be conducted by means of written or printed papers ; but the examiners shall not be precluded from putting vivâ voce questions. 9. The names of all Candidates who have passed the Matriculation Examination, shall be arranged, alphabetically ; but it shall be competent to the Examiners to place in a separate class the names of those who may have specially distinguished themselves. 10. All Students who shall receive a testamur of having passed the Matriculation Examination, and shall have paid a fee of two pounds to the Registrar, shall be admitted by the Senate as Members of the University. 11. The Examination for Matriculation shall be in the following subjects : The Greek and Latin Languages. Arithmetic. Algebra, to simple equations, inclusive. Geometry, first book of Euclid. LECTURES. 12. Lectures shall commence on the first day of Term, excepting in the first or Lent Term, in which they shall commence at the conclusion of the Matriculation and Scholarship Examinations. 13. Lectures of an hour each; shall be given, daily, by the Professors in Classics, Mathematics, Chemistry and Experimental Physics, at such times and in such order as the Senate may from time to time direct; 14. Before the admission of a Student to any course of Lectures, he shall pay to the Registrar of the University such fee as shall have been appointed by the Senate. 15. The subjects of Lectures shall be publicly notified by the Registrar before the commencement of each Academic year.

82 76 FACULTY OF ARTS. 16. Candidates for Degrees shall attend the University lectures on the following subjects : 1. Greek. 2. Latin. 3. Ancient History. 4. Mathematics. 5. Natural Philosophy. 6. Chemistry. 7. Experimental Physics. YEARLY EXA5IINATIONS. 17. Examinations of the Undergraduates of the first and second years shall be held once a year during the last fortnight of Michaelmas Term, and no Undergraduate shall absent himself therefrom except under medical certificate. 18. The Undergraduates of each year shall be examined in the subjects of the Undergraduate course, upon which Lectures have been given during the year. 19. After examination, the names of the Undergraduates shall be arranged in classes, and in order of merit. 20. Prize books, stamped with the University Arms, shall be given to each member of the first class in each year. 21. Such Undergraduates as absent themselves from the examinations, except under medical certificate, or fail to pass them in a satisfactory manner, shall, at the discretion of the Senate on the report of the Examiners, be required to keep additional terms before proceeding to a B.A. Degree. 22. Certificates of having attended Lectures, and complied with the Regulations of the University, shall be signed by the Dean of the Faculty of Arts, and by the Registrar, and granted to the Undergraduates on the completion of each Academic year.

83 FACULTY OP ARTS No certificate shall be given to any Undergraduate who may, without sufficient cause, have absented himself from Lecture, more than six times in any one term, or who may not have passed the Yearly Examinations. ADMISSION AD EUNDEM STATUM. 24. Any person may be admitted without examination as an Undergraduate Member of this University, who shall have kept any number of terms at any of the undermentioned Universities, namely, Oxford, Cambridge, Saint Andrews, Glasgow, Aberdeen, Edinburgh, Dublin, Durham, London, Queen's University of Ireland, or Melbourne ; and shall be considered of the same standing as if he had been during the same time an Undergraduate Member of the University of Sydney. Provided always, that he shall give to the Registrar, to be submitted to the Senate, evidence of his former residence (or equivalent connexion with) and good conduct at any such University. BACHELOR 0Γ AETS. 25. The Examination for the Degree of B.A. shall take place once a year, at the close of Michaelmas Term. 26. No Candidate shall be admitted to this examination unless he produce a certificate from the Dean of the Faculty of Arts of having been a Student at the University, and of having complied with its regulations during three Academic years, or during the terms required when in the exercise of the powers reserved by their By-Laws the Senate may have required additional terms, or may have allowed Students to matriculate at other than the ordinary times of examination. This certificate shall be transmitted to the Registrar before the day appointed for the commencement of the examination. 27. The fee for the Degree of B.A. shall be Three Pounds. No Candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless he

84 78 FACULTY OF ARTS. have previously paid this fee to the Registrar. K a Candidate fail to pass the examination, the fee shall not be returned to him ; but he shall be admissible to any subsequent examination for the same Degree without the payment of an additional fee. 28. The examination shall be conducted, in the first instance, by means of printed papers ; and, at the termination of such examination, each Candidate shall undergo, a viva voce examination, if the Examiners thinb-fit. 29. To obtain the ordinary Degree of B.A., the Candidate shall pass a satisfactory examination in Greek, Latin, Mathematics, Natural Philosophy, Chemistry, Experimental Physics, Logic, and Ancient and Modern History. 30. All persons who have passed the ordinary examination for Degrees, shall be -admissible for Honors in the Classical and Mathematical schools..; 31. The Candidates in each school shall be arranged in classes and order of merit. -. '. 32. The most distinguished Candidate for Honors in each of the aforesaid schools shall, if he possess sufficient merit, receive a prize of twenty-five pounds. 33. The Candidate most distinguished at the ordinary examination in Chemistry and Experimental Physics, shall receive a prize of ten pounds. MASTER OF ARTS. 34. There shall be a Yearly Examination for the Degree of M. A. during Lent term, before the Easter recess. 35. Every Candidate for this examination must have his name on the Register of the University ; he must have previously obtained the Degree of B.A., and two years must-have elapsed since the time of his examination for such Degree. He will also be required to furnish evidence of having completed, his twentyfirst year.

85 FACULTY OF ARTS The fee for the Degree of M.A. shall be five pounds. No Candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless be have previously paid this fee to the Registrar. If a Candidate fail to pass the examination, the fee shall not be returned to him ; but he shall be admissible to any subsequent examination for the same Degree without the payment of an additional fee. 37. Candidates for the Degree of M.A. shall elect to be examined in one or more of the following branches of knowledge : 1. Classical Philology and History. 2. Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 3. Logic ; Moral, Mental, and Political Philosophy. 4. Chemistry and Experimental Physics. And at the Yearly Examination the most distinguished Candidate in each branch shall, if he possess sufficient merit, receive a gold medal. 38. The Senate shall have power to admit to Examination for the Degree of Master of Arts, any person who shall have obtained at least two years previously the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, or equivalent first Degree in Arts, in this or any of the Universities hereinbefore mentioned as those from which Undergraduates will be admitted ad Eundem Statum. Every Candidate for admission under this By-Law must make application in writing to the Registrar, and supply satisfactory evidence of his qualification as aforesaid ; and that he is a person of good fame and character ; and upon the approval of his application shall pay to the Registrar a fee of two pounds, for the entry of his name in the University Register, in addition to the fee for his Degree prescribed in the By-Laws for the time being, in respect to those who have taken their first degree in the University of Sydney. Before the granting of the Degree, every passed Candidate will be required to furnish evidence of having completed his twentyfirst year.

86 80 FACULTY OF ARTS. SCHOLARSHIPS. 39. In addition to the Private Foundations, viz. : the Parlier, Deas-Thomson, Cooper, and Levy Scholarships, there shall be seven scholarships of the annual value of 50, payable out of the Public Endowment. 40. The above Scholarships, tenable for one year, shall be awarded after examination in the following manner : To Undergraduates of the first year. Three Scholarships for General Proficiency, viz. : The Levy Scholarship. Two University Scholarships. To Undergraduates of the second year, Three University Scholarships for General Proficiency. To Undergraduates of the third year, Four Scholarships, viz. : One University Scholarship for General Proficiency.* Three Special Scholarships, viz. : 1. For proficiency in Classics the Cooper Scholarship, founded in For proficiency in Mathematics and Natural Philosophy the Barker Scholarship, founded in For proficiency in Chemistry and Experimental Physics the T)eas-Thomson Scholarship, founded in No Student of the first or second year shall hold more than one Scholarsliip ; but a Student of the third year may hold one, or more, of the three special Scholarships with the ordinary University Scholarship for general proficiency. 42. None of the above Scholarships shall be awarded, except to such Candidates as exhibit a degree of proficiency which shall be satisfactory to the Examiners. * To this University Scholarship the Senate have resolved to add two more of the same value in each of the years , so that the reduction in the number of Tliird Year Scholarships made by this By-Law may not effect Students who entered before its passing.

87 FACULTY OP LAWS The examinations for Scholarships shall take place at the beginning of Lent Term. 44. In the first year, Candidates for Scholarships shall be examined on the following subjects : 1. Classics. Translation from Greek and Latin authors into English ; Greek and Latin composition, in prose and verse. Ancient History. 2. Mathematics. Arithmetic and Algebra ; First four books of Euclid. In the second and third years, Candidates for Scholarships shall be examined in 1. Classics. Translations from Greek and Latin authors into English ; Greek and Latin composition, in prose and verse. Ancient History. Philology. 2. Mathematics. The Branches enumerated for Candidates in the first term, together with The 5th and 6th Books of Euclid. Algebraic Geometry of two dimensions. Plane Trigonometry. Elements of Differential Calculus, as far as Taylor's Theorem. Statics. 3. Experimental Physics and Chemistry. XIII. FACULTY OF LAWS. LL.B. 1. A Professor or Lecturer, appointed by the Senate, shall give Lectures in English Jurisprudence, attendance on which will be required from all Candidates for the Degree of LL.B. ι

88 82 FACULTY OP LAWS. 2. Until other Professorships are established, there shall be a Board of Examiners appointed by the Senate to test the qualifications of Candidates desirous of obtaining a Degree in Laws. The examination for the Degree of LL.B. shall take place in Michaelmas Term, and the Degree shall be granted in Lent Term. 3. ~No Candidate shall be admitted to the Degree of LL.B., until after the expiration of one Academic year from the time of his obtaining the Degree of B.A. 4. The fee for the Degree of LL.B. shall be Ten Pounds. No Candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless he have previously paid this fee to the Registrar. If the Candidate fail to pass this examination, the fee shall not be returned to him ; but he shall be admissible to any subsequent examination for the same Degree without the payment of an additional fee. 5. Candidates for the Degree of LL.B. shall produce certificates of having attended the University Lectures on English Jurisprudence. 6. Candidates for the Degree of LL.B. shall be examined in the following subjects : Civil and International Law. Constitutional History, and Constitutional Law of England. General Law of England. LL.D. 7. The Degree of LL.D. shall be conferred at the expiration of two Academic years from the granting of the LL.D Degree. The Candidate shall be required to prepare and defend a Thesis on some subject selected by himself from the Pandects, or Institutes ; such Thesis shall be in the Latin or English Language, and if recommended by the Board of Examiners, and approved by the Senate, may be printed. The fee for the Degree of LL.D. shall be ten Pounds.

89 FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 83 XIV. FACULTY OF MEDICINE. M.B. 1. A Professor, appointed by the Senate, shall give Lectures in Chemistry. 2. Until other Professorships in the Faculty of Medicine be constituted in the University, there shall be a Board of Examiners, appointed by the Senate, to test the qualifications of Candidates who may apply for Medical Degrees, to be granted in accordance with the provisions contained in the Act of Incorporation. 3. Such Candidates must lodge with the Registrar of the University, satisfactory certificates of having taken the Degree of B.A. or some equivalent Degree, in this or in any of the Universities hereinbefore mentioned as those from which Undergraduates will be admitted ad eundem statum. Candidates who have not taken such Degree must pass an examination similar to that prescribed for the B.A. Degree in this University. 4. The Candidate must also furnish evidence of being twentyone years of age, and of having diligently pursued a course of Medical Studies extending over a period of four years, at some Medical School of which the Senate shall approve. His certificates must shew that he has attended the following eight classes each for a course of six months ; Anatomy, Practical Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Materia Medica, Surgery, Practice of Medicine, Midwifery ; and the following five classes each for a course of three months ; Botany, Practical Chemistry, Medical Jurisprudence, Clinical Medicine, and Clinical Surgery ; also that he has attended for eighteen months the Medical and Surgical Practice of a Hospital containing not fewer than eighty beds ; and that he has been engaged for six months in compounding and dispensing medicines.

90 84 BY-LAWS OF 5. Medical or Surgical Diplomas, from regularly constituted examining Boards in Europe or,a m erica, may, at the discretion of the Senate, be accepted as equivalent to the whole or part of the above mentioned certificates. 6. As soon as the required documents have been declared satisfactory by the Senate, the Registrar shall notify to the Candidate the day on which his examination will commence. 7. Before being admitted to examination, the Candidate must deposit with the Registrar a fee of Ten Pounds, which will not be returned in the event of the Candidate not passing the examination ; but such Candidate may be admitted.to any future examination without any further charge. M.D. 8. The Degree of M.D. shall be conferred at the expiration of two Academic years from the granting of the M.B. Degree. 9. The Candidate shall be required to prepare and defend a Thesis on some Medical subject, to be selected by himself; such Thesis shall be in the Latin or English Language, and, if approved by the Senate, on the report of the Board, of Examiners, may be printed. 10. The fee for the Degree of M.D. shall be Ten Pounds. 11. The Senate shall have power to admit to Examination for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine any person who shall have obtained at least two years previously the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine at any of the Universities hereinbefore mentioned as those whose Bachelors of Arts will be admissible to examination for the Degree of M.A. in this University, and who shall also have obtained the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, or an equivalent first Degree in Arts, at any of the said Universities, or shall pass an examination similar to that prescribed for the B.A. Degree in this University. Every Candidate for admission, under this By-Law, must make application in writing to

91 THE UNIVERSITY. 85 the Registrar, and supply satisfactory evidence of his qualification as aforesaid ; and that he is a person of good fame and character ; and upon the approval of his application, he shall pay to the Registrar a fee of two pounds for the entry of his name in the University Books, in addition to the prescribed fee for his Degree. Before the granting of the Degree, every passed Candidate will be required to furnish evidence of his having completed his twenty-third year. XV. EEGISTER OP GRADUATES. 1. A Register of the Graduates of the University shall bp kept by the Registrar in such manner as the Senate shall from time to time direct ; and for the retention of his name on the Register, every Graduate must pay an annual fee of two pounds, on or before the Commemoration day in each year, in default of which his name shall be at once taken off by the Registrar, but may be restored upon payment of all arrears due, at any time, except during the four days preceding the day fixed for a Convocation for the election of a Fellow. 2: The Annual Register Fee may be compounded for by a payment of ten pounds. 3. The Register of Graduates shall be conclusive evidence that any person whose name shall appear thereon as holding the Degree of Master of Arts, Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine, at the time of his claiming to vote at a Convocation for the election of a Fellow of the Senate, is so entitled to vote ; and that any person whose name shall not appear thereon at the time of his claiming to vote in Convocation, is not so entitled to vote. XVI. ACADEMIC COSTUME AND DISCIPLINE. 1. The Academic Costume shall be : for The Chancellor and the Vice-Chancellor a robe and cap

92 86 BY-LAWS OF similar to those worn by the Chancellor of the University of Oxford. In undress, the silk gown, worn by other Members of the Senate, black velvet cap and gold tassel. A Member of the Senate the habit of his degree, or a black silk gown (of the description worn by civilians holding Degrees from Oxford and Cambridge), with tippet of scarlet cloth edged with white fur, and lined with crimson silk, black velvet trencher cap., ",., / r ι (- c Doctor of Laws or Medicine the gewa-wehrhby^^rmu?=="=' ^j-. r*> «/* ζ/j, f..': v%-, gf g _fif ^o-qm»»i» 3 i^^*==^:í H^g ::Í T1 i ñw ^pi'"fjr of Oxford, / Ji t. Λ % hood of scarlet cloth lined with ciinsoe silk, black Li- cloth trencher cap. Master of Arts the ordinary Master's gown of Oxford or Cambridge of silk or bombazine, with black silk hood lined with blue silk, black cloth trencher cap. Bachelor of Laws or Medicine the black gown worn by civilians in Oxford and Cambridge holding degrees, with hood of blue silk lined with white fur, black cloth trencher cap. An Officer not being a Graduate a black silk gown of the description worn by civilians not holding Degrees, black cloth trencher cap. Bachelor of Arts a plain black stuff gown, with hood similar to that worn by the B.A. at Cambridge, black cloth trencher cap. Undergraduate a plain black stuff gown, black cloth trencher cap. Scholar the same gown, with a velvet bar on the sleeve, black cloth trencher cap. 2. Members of the University shall, on all occasions when convened for Academic purposes, appear in their Academic Costume.

93 THE UNIYEESITY The Undergraduates shall, on all occasions within the precincts of the University, wear their Academic Costume, and whenever they meet the Fellows, Professors, and other Superior Officers of the University, shall respectfully salute them. XVTI. NON-MATEICULATED STUDENTS. 1. Any person desirous of attending University Lectures, may do so without Matriculation, upon payment of the regular fee for each course. * ' ' 2. Such Students are exempt from examinations, are not required to wear any Academic Costume, and are not qualified to compete for Honors, nor to proceed to Degrees.

94 88 TABLE OF FEES S. d. MATEICULaTION LECTUEE FEES, per Term CLASSICS MATHEMATICS CHEMISTRY AND EXPEEIMENTAL PHYSICS LOGIC * JUEISPBUDENCE (Course of 10 Lectures) FRENCH B.A M.A LL.B LL.D M.B M.D t ANNUAL FEE (for keeping name on the books) 2' 0 0 * For Non-Matriculated Students the Fee is 2 2s. + The Annual Register Fee may be compounded for by a payment of 10.

95 FORM FOR MATRICULATION. 89 ORDO TlRONUM IN ClVITATEM ACADEMICAM ADSCRIBENDORUM IN UNTVERSI- TATE SlDNEIENSI SOLEMNIS. ΙλΤίιυLiUCTi in Curiam Candidat!, togis academias induti, qiium apud Kegistrarium vocatuni sua nomiua pvofessi sunt, et reoitatis ab illo nominibus, Decanus eos (Cancellario sive Viee-Cancellario) in Cathedra assidenti, coram sistet ; dextraque manu prosimè astantis dextram tenens, his verbis eommendabit. I). Honoratissime Cancellarie, amplissimi Senatores, vosque egregii Procuratores, trado vobis hosce Literarum Humaniorum et Disciplinarum Mathematicarum et Physicarum studiosos ; quos testor, utriusque doctrinœ scientiâ tentatâ, nobis examinantibus satisfecisse, dignosque videri qui in numerum Academicorum referantur. Trau Procuvatov, oandidarovum pvincipi solemne sponsioiiis carmen prseibit. P. Ego M. N. fide mea spondeo huic TTniversitati, me ad eas doctrinas quae mihi ex Senatus auctoritate proponantur in quibus elaborem, operam et studium conlaturum ; necnon, quum adversus Cancellarium, Vice-Cancellarium, Socios Académicos, caeteros qui cam imperio sunt, quam par est modestiam et reverentiam adhibitanim, turn leges, jura, instituta, queecunque sive ab ipsis sive illis auctoribus sancita fuerint, diligenter esse observaturum. Turn Pi-O(MiViItOt' id veliquoh oonvevsns, iclpni stipulnhtuv. p. Quod de se spopondit M.N., idem vos quoque de se quisque spondetis, in vosque recipitis? fiespoiadebunt omnes pro se quisque, Spondeo. Quibus rebus rite peractis, ipse (Cancellarius sive Vice-Cancellarius) candidatos in numerum eivium Ac-ademicornm pro imperio adsciscef-. J

96 90 FORM FOE AD EUNDEM. ". Quod vobis Matrique Academia? felis faustumque sit : Ego ex meâ et Senatus aiictoritate, vos Universitatis Sidneiensis civitate donatos et in societatem rite esse adscriptos pronuntio ; ea lege et conditione ut quam hodié dedistis religiose, prasstetis fidem. Quare macte estote virtute et diligentia, et in bonis artibus perseverate. Ita vobis Deus Optimus Maximus studia et labores fortunet. ORDO ÄDHITTENDORDM AD EuNDEM GKADUM AUT STATUM STÜDIOSOKUM AB ALUS ACABEMIIS HUC ADVENTANTIUM. Si quis ab aliqua Umver?<iti±te quucurn nobis cummercimn ;-sf gradu aliqno insignitus, eodem apud nos honore augere cupiet, primnm is debet per Decanum, Senatum Academicnni nt id sibi liceat rogare : sive qnod dicitur " gratiain xua-m in aolenmein formula m proponere." D, " Supplicat M. N. (Baccalaureus vel Magister Facultatis Artium, sive quo alio gradu fuerit) in Academia (A.B.C.) creatus, ut bona vestra cum venia admittatur ad eundem gradum, statum, et dignitatem apud Sidneieneses quibus ornatus est apud suos (A.B.C.)" Recitatam gratiain et ab Decano acoeptani Procurator (Jancellario in marras t.radet, qui. Senatoren setitentiani rogabit liis verbis. C. Placetne vobis Domini, ut ista, quae petitur, concedatur gratia? Respondefount illi, prout lubet, Placet, aut Non placet. Qui si anmiprmt, Dpcanus oandidatnm ita coinmenâiibit. D. Honoratissime Cancellarie, amplissimi Senatores, vosque egregii Procuratores, trado vobis hune Magistrum Facultatis Artium, (sive quo alio gradu sit) in Academia (A.B.C.) creatum, ut sit eodem gradu, statu, et dignitate apud nos Sidneienses quibus ornatus est, apud suos (A.B.C.)

97 FOEM FOR PRIZES AND HONORS. 91 Turn ei Procurator sponsionem istiusmodi deferet. P- Magister, (sive quo alio gradu sit) tu dabis fidem ad observandum Statuta, Privilegia, Consuetudines, et Libertates hujus Universitatis, quatenus ea Statutis, Privilegiis, Consuetudinibus, et Libertatibus, Universitatis (A. B. C.) non repugnant. Deuique eum Cancellarins sic p^dmtttet. ß- Domine Doctor (sive Magister) ego admitto te ad eundem Statum, Grradum et Dignitatem hie apud nos Sidneienses quibus ornatus es apud tuos (A. B. C.) Eadem quoque formula, mutatis mutandis, adhibenda est, si quis nondum graduatus Terminorum apud aliam Academiam rationem sibi apud nos Sidneienses imputandam velifc. ORDO HOK OEDM IIS QUI LAUDE DIGNI SUNT HABITI DEFEEENDOEUM COMTITIIS MAXIMIS. Scripta praemiis dignata quum suum quisque auctores reeitaverinf. Decantis eos Cancellario in Cathedra assidenti coram eistet, Frnguloaqnc ita eommendabit. D. Honoratissime Cancellarie, vosque dignissimi Senatores, commendo vobis hunc meum Scholarem in Facúltate Artium, ut propter ι -j. χ i. f musas ( ) féliciter cultas ; ") morum probitatem et < \ ' ' > (. disputationem ( ) sermone habitant ; ) prœmio munificçntia viri (A. B. C.) quotannis proposito, ex auctoritate Amplissimi Ordinis, decoretur. C Ego, auctoritate mea et Senatus Academici, istud quo mihi tanquam dignus commendaris prsemium libens tibi adjudico. Jtem cœtsris denandos honoribus, sive quis beneficiara aliqaod ρχ iis qiiœ cerfo doctrinis assignata sunt, tneruerit, sive va classem. quam vocanfc, primara, ab Exaniinatoribus anniiis relato fnerit. Professons mi.os quisque candidatos ordine commenflfibunt.

98 92 FORM FOR DEGREES. Pi: o F Honoratissime Cancellarie, vosque dignissimi Senatores commendo vobis hunc meum Scbolarem in Facúltate Artium, ut propter morum probitatem et in studium positura egregiosque factos processus, beneficio annuo mrmificentiâ prœbito, ex auctoritate Amplissimi Ordinis in annum proximum, ornetur.. " - Ego, auctoritate meâ et Senatus Academici, istud quo mihi tanquam dignus commendaris, beneficium, libens tibi.adjudico. PR(U. Honoratissime Cancellarie, vosque dignissimi Senatores commendo vobis hunc meum Scholarem in Facilitate Artium, ut propter morum probitatem, et in studium positura egregiosque factos processus, aliquâ Amplissimi vestri Consessus gratia dignetur. O, Ego, auctoritate meâ et Senatus Academici, hunc tibi, librum dono honoris ergo. ORDO ADMITXENDOEUM AD G-KADUS CANDIDATOEDM. Deductâ in Curiam pompa, postquam consederunt omnes, et facto silenfrio, Cancellarins causam habendornm Comitiorum!"xponit,. C. Habendorum hodie Comitiorum causa.est ut qui anno superiore cursum Institutionis Academicae rite compleverint ad gradus promoveantur ; laude digni honoribus prout quisque meritus est decorentur ; necnon ut caetera peragantur qua? ad communem Academias salutem pertinent. Ad quaa expedienda Ego, auctoritate meâ et Senatûs Academici, hoc concilium rite et solemni jure esse convocatum pronuntio. Tura Becanus nomina eorum qui honore aliquo dignati sunt es catalogo récitât ; ipsumque catalogum, a Decano acceptum, Procurator Senior Cancellario in manus tradit. Post recitara scripta prsemiis dignata, donandi honoribus suo quisque ordine, Cancellario de more commfindantu? : soiliret lanvo

99 FORM FOR DEGREES. 93 ornati ; in elassen primam relati ; beneficiis annuis dignati, turn generalibus, tum iis quae certis doctrinis assignata sunt. Deinde Becanus ad Gradnm aliquem promovendorum nomina ρχ catalogo récitât, et Senatui illorum verbis gratias supplicat. D. Supplicant amplissimo Ordini A. B. C, quum, (novenos términos in studio Artium posuerint, Professores Públicos diligenter audiverint, Examinatorum Academicorum quœstionibus satis responderint, caetera, prout statuta requirunt peregerint ; ut admittantur ad Gradum ( ) Bí-citatam s-nppïicfitirijem et a DÍ CL.UO íicuepíam Procurator Junior Cancellario in manus tvstut : qui Senatores sententiam repat Jiis verbis. C. Placetne Vobis Domini, ut istœ qiiaa petuntur concedantiir gratise?.. Respondent illi prout lubet, Placet, aut Non Placet. Qui si annnerint. concessas gratias ita pronuntiat. C. Concessœ sunt quas petitis gratias : et sic pronuntiamus concessas. Turn Decanus e curia exit, statimque reversus, presante Bedello, sequentibus Canditatis habitu ad gradum competente indutis ad superiorem partem Domûs ascendit : et candidatorum nnum quemque dextra manu prehensum, coram Cancellario sistit ; et capite qua par est reverentia inclinato, solemni formula com= mendat. R Honoratissime Cancellarie, amplissimi Senatores, vosque egregii Procurator es, commendo vobis bos meos Scholares in Facúltate artium, quos scio tarn moribus quam doctrina idóneos esse ut admittantur ad gradum ( ) Tum prsseunte Procuratore Seniore, omnes fidem dant Academias in haec verba. P. Ad seniorem converses, Domine dabis fidem te omnia statuta, jura, privilegia et libertates istius Universitatis sanctissime esse observaturum. KtISl' : Do.

100 94 FOEM FOE DEGEEES. F" Dabis fidem te ñeque Academias pacem ultro perturbaturum ; et si qua exarserit seditio aut contentio, pacis semper et concordiee auctorem futurum. REM : Do. P. Ad reliqiios conversus. Quod de se spopondit M.N. idem vos quoque de se quisque spondetis? RESP: Spondeo. REGISTRAR : Tester bos omnes coram me, in publicis Academias actis nomina sua subscripsisse. Tum singulos Decanus ad Caucellarium deducit;" qui unumquemque dextra manu prehensum ita alloquihir. C. Domine ego auctoritate meâ et totius Universitatis admitto te ad gradum ( ) necnon ad omina facienda, obeunda, usurpanda, quœ ad istum gradum spectant.

101 95' RULES AND ORDERS OF THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY. For Boohs allowed to he taken out of the Library. No person shall be allowed to take books out of the Library but Fellows of the Senate, Professors, and other Public Teachers in the University, Officers of the University, or other persons who shall have obtained this privilege under a special resolution of the Senate, and Graduates holding any degi'ee above that of B.A., and having their names on the books of the University and being resident in Sydney or its suburbs. No one shall take or borrow any book out of the Library without first delivering a note for the same to the Librarian or his Deputy, expressing his Name and Residence in his own handwriting, the title of the book, the year and day of the month on which such book is taken or borrowed, on pain of forfeiting 5, or double the value of the book, at the discretion of the Library Committee. The Librarian shall preserve all such notes, till the books so taken out are returned to the Library ; and when all the books specified in each note are returned, the notes shall be delivered up to the persons by whom the books are brought back : when only some books specified in each note are returned, the titles of the books so returned shall be erased from the note at the time. No person shall be allowed to have in his possession at one time more than ten volumes belonging to the Library, but the Library Committee may dispense with this order in any particular case, if they shall be of opinion that sufficient reasons have

102 96 RULES AND ORDERS OF been assigned for such dispensation ; such dispensation, however, shall continue in force no longer than to the end of the current quarter ; but upon fresh application may be renewed by the same authority. Every one who shall borrow or take any book out of the Library shall return it thither again on the demand of the Librarian, at any time after the expiration of seven days, and without such demand on or before the next of the four following quarter days, viz. : March 31st, June 30th, September 30th. December 31st, under penalty of Two shillings for every folio or quarto, and One shilling for every book of less size ; all penalties to be repeated every fortnight till the books be returned, or others of the same editions and equal value be placed in their room, such fortnight being first reckoned from the day on which the Library is re-opened after the quarter day. If any of the Quarter Days should fall on a Sunday, or on any other day on which the Library is closed by Rule 20, the day appointed for returning the books shall be the following day. No Books shall be taken out of the Library on the days appointed for the return of Books. Every Professor shall have the privilege of obtaining Books for each Student attending his lectures, and being a Member of the University. Each order for the volumes so obtained shall bear the titles of the Books, and be dated and subscribed as follows For M. K C. D., Professor. The books so obtained shall not be taken out of the Library till.the day after that on which the Library is re-opened for the Quarter ; and they shall be returned at any time after the expiration of seven days, if demanded by the Librarian, and if not so demanded, not later than the day before the next Quarter Day. The Professor shall be responsible for the books so obtained, and

103 THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY. 97 for the penalties prescribed by Rule 5 ; and no Student shall have in his possession at one time more than five volumes. A list of the books omitted to be returned at the end of any Quarter, together with the names of the borrowers, shall be suspended in some conspicuous place in the Library. No person from whom any fine is due to the Library shall be allowed to take out books until such fine has been paid. If any book be injured or defaced by writing while in the possession of any person taking it out of the Library, he shall be required to replace it by another book of the same edition and of equal value. Persons taking books out of the Library are required to report, without delay, to the Librarian, any injury which they may observe in them. For Books not to be taken out of the Library without a note countersigned by the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor. Certain printed books, of which a list shall be prepared under the authority of the Library Committee and kept by the Librarian, shall not be taken out except by a note countersigned by the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, nor until the day after that on which the note is presented ; and no such note shall be given to any Undergraduate Member of the University, nor shall any person have more than five volumes of such books out of the Library at one time. A Register shall be kept of all such books taken out of the Library, and of the date on which they are returned, and after the books are returned the Plates in them shall forthwith be collated, and the collation be registered ; and until such collation shall have been made the books shall not be accessible to persons using the Library, nor shall the countersigned note be given up to the persons by whom the books are returned, but in lieu of it an acknowledgment signed by the Librarian or his Deputy ; and the name of the person by whom the acknowledgment is signed shall also be registered. κ

104 98 RULES AND ORDEES OF The Penalties for not returning such books at the Quarter days shall be double of the penalties prescribed in Rule 5. For MSS. and Books not allowed to he taken out of the Library. The Library Committee may cause MSS. books containing collections of Prints or Drawings, and other documents and books of a nature or value to render such precaution expedient, to be locked up in cases or compartments by themselves. These shall not be taken out of the Library on any pretence whatever ; and access to them shall not be allowed, unless the Librarian or some one deputed by him be present. The Librarian himself shall have charge of the keys. The Library Committee may direct that certain printed Books, of which a list shall be kept by the Librarian, shall not be removed from the Library. Such books shall be always kept there. Persons desirous of referring to any particular MSS., or scarce printed Book, shall apply to the Librarian, who, if he see cause, may allow such MSS. or Books to be consulted, but not in the compartment in which the MSS. or scarce printed Books are kept. Parts of Periodicals, works in progress, Pamphlets, &c, until such time as is proper for binding them shall be kept under such a system of management that they may be produced, if required, after a few minutes' notice on application being made to the Librarian by means of an ordinary Library note, so that persons in whose literary researches such works are necessary may consult them in the Library with the consent of the Librarian. For Admission to the Library. Except on the day when the Library is re-opened for any Quarter, those Undergraduates who have obtained a Professor's orders for Books shall be admitted to the Library for the purpose of selecting their Books, or otherwise consulting the Library, during the hour from one to two.

105 THE UNIA^RSITY LIBRARY. 99 Admission of Persons not Members of the "University, fon the purpose of Study and Research. The Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor may grant an order of admission to the Library for the purpose of study and research to any person who shall produce to him a recommendation from any Fellow of the Senate or Professor, or any Member of the University who shall have been admitted to the Degree of M.A., or any higher degree, stating " that the person recommended is well known to him," and " that he is a fit and proper person to obtain such order." The name of the Member of the Senate or the Professor upon whose recommendation any such order of admission shall be granted, shall be placed after the name of the person receiving the permission in a List to be suspended at the entrance of the Library. Such persons shall be permitted to use the Library whilst open, except (on any days on which the Library is first opened for the Quarter, or on any day on which the Library is closed for the Quarter). This admission order shall not entitle the holder to have access to lock up cases, which admission order shall have ' effect only until the expiration of the quarter in which it shall have been granted. For Opening and Closing the Library. For. the purpose of allowing the Librarian sufficient time to inspect the Books, the Library shall be closed for the first fortnight in the month of January, and also for the two days (excepting Sunday) next after each of the three other quarter days. The Library shall be closed on Sundays and Public Holidays. The Library shall be open on Saturdays from ten till one, and other days from ten till three.

106 100 UNIVERSITY OFFICERS, &c. VISITOR. The Governor of the Colony for the time being is ex-ojficio Visitor of the University. * His Excellency SIR CHARLES AUGUSTUS FITZ ROT, K.C.B.. K.H His Excellency SIR THOMAS WILLIAM DENISON, K.C.B His Excellency The Eight Hon. SIB JOHN YOUNG, K.C.B., G.C.M.G. CHANCELLOR. The Chancellor is elected by the Fellows of the Senate out of their own body, for such period as the Senate may from time to time appoint. The period is at present limited by a By-Law to Three years ; but the retiring Chancellor is declared to be eligible for re-election EDWARD HAMILTON, M.A SIR CU ARLES NICHOLSON, Bart, D.C.L., LL.D The Hon. FBANCIS LEWIS SHAW MEBEWETHER, B.A. VICE-CHANCELLOR. The Vice-Chancellor is annually elected by the Fellows of the Senate out of their.own body SIR CHARLES NICHOLSON, Bart, D.C.L., LL.D The Hon. F. L. S. MEREWETHER, B.A The Hon. EDWAED DEAS-THOMSON, CB. THE SENATE. The original Senate was appointed on the 24th December, 1850, by the following Proclamation : W HEREAS by an Act of the Governor and Legislative Council of New South Wales, passed in the fourteenth year of Her Majesty's Keigu, entitled "An Act to incorporate and endow the University of Sydney," it is amongst other things enacted, that for the purpose of ascertaining by means of examination, the persons "who shall acquire proficiency in literature, science, and art, and of rewarding them by Academical Degrees, as evidence of their respective attainments, and by marks of honor proportioned thereto, a Senate, consisting of the number of persons in the said Act mentioned, shall, within three months after the passing thereof, be nominated and appointed by the said Governor, with the advice of the Executive Council of the said Colony, by a Proclamation to be duly published in the New South Wales Government Gazette, which Senate shall be, and by the said Act is constituted from the date of such nomination and appointment, a Body Politic and Corporate, by the name of " TAe University of Sydney ;" and it is thereby further enacted, that the said Body Politic and Corporate shall consist of sixteen Fellows, twelve of whom, at the least, shall be laymen : * The dates prefixed to the names of Office Holders refer to the first appointment or entrance upon office.

107 UNRTEESITY OFFICEfiS. 101 Now, therefore, I, SIR CHARLES AUGUSTUS FITZ ROY as such Governor aforesaid, by this my Proclamation, published in the New South Wales Government Gazette, do notify and proclaim that, with the advice of the said Executive Council, I have nominated and appointed the following persons to be such Senate as aforesaid : that is to say : The Rev. William Bintiington Boyce. Francis Lewis Shaw Merewether, Esq- Edward Broadhurst, Esq. Charles Nicholson, Esq. John Bayley Darvail, Esq. Bartholomew O'Rrien, Esq. Stuart Alexander Donaldson, Esq. The Hon. John Hubert Plunkett, Esq. The Right. Rev. Charles Henry Davis. The Rev. William Purves. Alfred Denison, Esq. His Honor Roger Therry, Esq. Edward Hamilton, Esq. The Hon. Edward Deas-Thomsou, Esq. James Macarthur, Esq. William Charles Wentworth, Esq. Given under my Hand and Seal at Government House, Sydney, this twentyfourth day of December, in the Year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifty, and in the fourteenth year of Her -Majesty's Reign. (L.s.) CHAS. A. FITZ ROY. By His Excellency'8 Command, E. DEAS THOMSON. GOD SAVE THE SUEEN. Under the original Incorporation Act the election to vacant Fellowships was vested in the Senate until there should be one hundred graduates holding the Degree of M.A., LL.D., or M.D. By an Act passed in 1861 the election to vacancies was vested in Fellows of the Senate, Professors, and other Public Teachers of the University, Examiners, Principals of Incorporated Colleges within the University, Superior Officers declared to be such by By-Law, and Graduates keeping their names on the Register of the University who may have taken any or either of the Degrees of M.A., L.L.D., or M.D. In addition to the sixteen Fellows, it was provided by the same Act that there should not be fewer than three nor more than six ex-qfficio Members of the Senate being Professors of the University in such branches of Learning as the Senate might select. EX-MEMBEES OF THE SENATE Hamilton, Edward T., M.A. I860. Macarthur, James Davis, The Right Rev. C H., D.D. I860. Denison, Alfred, B.A Broadhurst, Edward Donaldson, Sir Stuart A Boyce, the Bev. W. B Cooper, Sir Daniel. 18Ó9. Therry, Eoger. * Dates of vacating office.

108 102 UNIVERSITY OFFICERS. PRESENT SENATE. Allen, The Hon. George. Allwood, The Rev. Roberfc, B.A. Darvall, John Bayley, M.A. Douglas, H. Grattan, M.D. Faucett, Peter, B.A. Macarthur, Sir William. Manning, The Hon. Sir William M.,. LL.D. Martin, James. Merewether, The Hon. F. L. S., B.A., Chancellor. Nicholson, Sir Charles, Bart, D.C.L., LL.D. O'Brien, Bartholomew, M.D. Pell, Morris Birkbeck, B.A. Plunkett, The Hon. J. Hubert, B.A. Polding, The Most Rev. Archbishop, D.D. Purves, The Rev. William, M.A. Smith, John, M.D. Thomson, The Hon. B. Deas, C.B., Vice-Chancellor. Wentworth, The Hon. William Charles. Woolley, John, D.C.L. PROFESSORS. CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE (¾) John WooUey, Principal, D.C.L., (Oxford.) MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY (¾; Morris Birkbeck PeU, B.A., (Cambridge. CHEMISTRY AND EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS (0) John Smith, M.D., (Aberdeen.) a Late Fellow of University College, Oxford. b Late Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. c Late Assistant Professor of Chemistry, in Marischal College, Aberdeen.

109 UNIVEESITY OFFICERS. 103 LOG-IC John Woolley, D.C.L., (Oxford.) ASSISTANT CLASSICS Hugh Kennedy, B.A., (Oxford.) READER IN GENERAL JURISPRUDENCE John F. Hargrave, M.A., (Cambridge.) READER IN FRENCH. Mons. P. A. Dutruc. FACULTY OF ARTS. EXAMINERS APPOINTED BY THE SENATE FOR CLASSICS. MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. ) Woolley, John, D.C.L., (Oxford.) Cary, Henry, M.A., (Oxford.) Pell, Morris Birkbeck, B.A., (Cam- n S ) CHEMISTRY Ï Smith John> MO (Aberdeen.) AND EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS, j Greenup, &, M.D., (Cambridge.) FACULTY OF MEDICINE. BOARD OF EXAMINERS APPOINTED BY THE SENATE UNDER THE BY-LAWS OF John Smith, MD., (Dean of the Faculty.) George Bennett. Richard Greenup, M.D., (Cambridge.) («'"John Macfarlane, M.D., (Glasgow.) Charles Nathan. George West. a M.D., University of Melbourne.

110 104 TJNn 7 ERSITY OFFICERS. REGISTRARS RICHARD GREENUP, M. D WILLIAM LOUIS HUTTON HUGH KENNEDY, B.A. ESQUIRE BEDELL W. C. WINDEYER, M.A. UNIVERSITY SOLICITOR. GEORGE WIGRAM ALLEN. AUDITOR GEOFFREY EAGAR. CURATOR OF MUSEUM. I860. EDWARD REEVE CHARLES WATT. ACCOUNTANT. WILLIAM CLARK.

111 COLLEGES. 105 By the Act 18 Victoria No. 37, provision is made for the Foundation of COLLEGES within the University, in connexion with the various religious Denominations ; in which Students of the University may enjoy the advantages of residence, instruction in the doctrine and discipline of their respective Churches, and tuition supplementary to the Lectures of the Public Professors. No Student can be admitted at any such College unless he immediately matriculates in the University ; submits to its discipline ; and attends the Statutable Lectures ; nor can he continue a Member of the College longer than his name remains upon the University Books. SAINT PAUL'S COLLEGE. Incorporated by the Act 18 Victoria, in connexion with the Church of England. In the terms of the Act the Visitor is the Bishop of Sydney. The Corporation consists of a Warden, who must be in Priest's Orders, and eighteen Fellows, six of whom must be in Priest's Orders. The Fellows with the Warden form the Council in which the government of the College is vested. VISITOR. THE BISHOP OF SYDNEY The Right Reverend Frederick Barker, D.D. THE PRESENT SOCIETY. "WARDEN. a The Reverend William Henry Savigny, M.A., (Sydney.) VICE-WARDEN. BURSAR. J. D. Cox, B.A. a B.A., (Oxford.) L

112 106 COLLEGES. AUwood, Rev. Robert, B. A. Clarke, Rev. W. B., M.A. a Cowper, Hon. Charles. Holroyd, Arthur Todd, M.B. Johnson, Richard. Johnson, Robert. Kemp, Hon. Charles. King, Rev. George, B.A. Metcalfe, Michael. FELLOWS. D.C.L. Woolley, John. M.A. Johnson, James W. Lee, Edward. Want, R. C. B.A. Bowman, Alexander. Hargraves, Edward John. Hunt, Edward. M'Carthy, H. T. S. Cowper, Sedgwick S. Innes, Gustavus. Stephen, Cecil Bedford. Kennedy, Hugh. Docker, Ernest B. Pendrill, Rev. John. UNDERGRADUATES. RESIDENT. Long, George Edward. Manning, William Alexander. α Succeeded Sir D. Cooper, δ Succeeded H. H. Brown. Mitchell, Hon. James. b Mort, Thomas Sutcliffe. Nathan, Charles. Smart, Hon. T. W. Stack, Rev. W., M.A. Stephen, Hon. Sir Alfred. Stephen, Rev. A. H., B.A. Tooth, Robert. Walsh, Rev. W. H., M.A.

113 COLLEGES. 107 Wilshire, Austin T. Belisario, Edward. Sharp, Ernest. Watson, William. Faithfull, William P. Ramsay, Edward P. ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE. Incorporated by the Act 21 Victoria, in connexion with the Roman Catholic Church. In the terms of the Act the Visitor is the Roman Catholic Archbishop of Sydney. The Corporation consists of a Rector (who must be a duly approved Priest) and eighteen Fellows, of whom six must be duly approved Priests, and twelve Laymen. These eighteen Fellows with the Rector form the Council in which the Government of the College is vested. VISITOR. THE EOMAN CATHOLIC ABCHBISHOP OP SYDNEY The Most Reverend John Bede Polding, D.D. THE PRESENT SOCIETY. EECTOR. The Very Reverend John Forrest, D.D., (Gregorian University, Rome.) FELLOWS. a Brennan, The Rev. M. Butler, Edward. Corish, The Rev. Michael A. Curtis, William C, M.A. b Donovan, John, M.A. Duncan, W. A. c Ellis, G. E. Faucett, Peter, B.A. Gorman, John V. α Succeeded the Very Reverend Dean Lynch. b Succeeded William Davis. c Succeeded J. K. Heydon. d Succeeded the Rev. J. Keating. Hart, James. Lenehan, Andrew. MacEncroe, The Ven. Archd". Makinson, Thomas C, B.A. O'Connor, Richard. Plunkett, John H., B.A. d Sheehy, The Very Rev. A. S. Sheridan, The Rev. J. F. Therry, The Very Rev. John J.

114 108 COLLEGES. B.A. Callachor, H. Healy, Patrick J. Lynch, William. McNamara, P. B. Meillon, Joseph. Quirk, D. P. UNDERGRADUATES. RESIDENT. Gorman, John R. O'Connell, Daniel. WESLEY COLLEGE. Incorporated by an Act of the Legislature which received the Governor's assent, on the first of June, 1860, in connexion with the Wesleyan Methodist Church. In the terms of the Act the Visitor is the President for the time being of. the Conference, or in his absence from the Colony, the Chairman for the time being of the New South Wales district. The Corporation consists of a Principal (who must be a Wesleyan Methodist Minister in full connexion with the Conference), and twelve Fellows, of whom four must be Wesleyan Methodist Ministers in full connexion with the Conference, and eight Laymen who must be communicants with the Wesleyan Methodist Church, and of whom five at least must be Members of the Wesleyan Methodist Society. The four Senior Ministers resident for the time being in the County of Cumberland, not being Supernumeraries, are ex-officio the Clerical Members of the Council. These twelve Fellows with the Principal form the Council in which the government of the College is vested.

115 109 SCHOLARSHIPS, &c. 1. UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS FOR GENERAL PROFICIENCY. Seven Scholarships for general Proficiency of the annual value of 50 each, have been- established by the Senate out of the Endowment Fund of the University. Under the present By- Laws three (one of which is the Levey) are allotted to the undergraduates of the first year, three to the second year, and one to the third year, but these are not awarded unless the Candidates exhibit a degree of proficiency satisfactory to the Examiners. They can be held for one year only, and are given for general proficiency in the subjects to be studied for a degree in the Faculty of Arts. Under the provisions of the By-Laws in force previous to the year 1855, these Scholarships were tenable during the whole of the undergraduate course CURTIS, W. C. SEALY, R. WINDEI-ER, W. C. MITCHELL, D. S. WENTWORTH, FITZWILLIAM WILLIS, R. S. OLIVER, A BARTOW, G. PATERSON, J. JOHNSON, J. W. DONOVAN, J. RENWICK, A. KINLOCK, J. HARNETT, J. COULSON, T. H SALTING, G. STACK, J. HAWTHORN, STUART INNES, GUSTAVUS JONES, REES R RUSSELL, H. COWLISIIAW, W. GARLAND, J.

116 110 SCHOLARSHIPS STEPHEN, CECIL. LANE GEORGE STEPHEN, CECIL. BOWMAN, E. PERRY, J. I860. STEPHEN, CECIL. MEIN, C. S. GRIFFITH. S BOWMAN, E. MURRAY, C. E. R. WRIGHT, K. GRIFFITH, S. MEIN, C. S. ALLEN, A GRIFFITH, S. ALLEN, A. M. MATE, F. MURRAY, C. E. R. SMITH, R. CAPE, A. MEIN, C S SMITH, R. O'BRIEN, L. MATE, F. KNOX, G. CAPE, A. SLY, J. 2. CLASSICAL SCHOLAESHIP. A Special Scholarship of the annual value of 50 was awarded by the Senate in the years for the encouragement of Classical Literature, to be open to all Undergraduates without limitation who might have completed their sixth term in the University WILLIAM CHARLES WINJDEYER GEORGE SALTING. This Scholarship ceased to be awarded on the foundation in 1857 of the COOPER SCHOLARSHIP. A sum of 1000 was given by the Honorable Sir Daniel Cooper in 1857, for the foundation of a Scholarship for the encouragement of Classical Literature. This Scholarship is of the annual value of 50, and is open to all Undergraduates who have completed their sixth term, and is tenable for one year only, but it can be held with a General University or Special Scholarship HAWTHORN, STUART GRIEFITH, S. W.

117 SCHOLABSHIPS. Hl 3.-BARKER SCHOLARSHIP. A principal sum of 1000 was given by Thomas Barker, Esq., in 1853, for the foundation of a Scholarship for the encouragement of Mathematical Science. This Scholarship was originally open to all Undergraduates, but it can now be competed for by those of the third year only, like the Cooper Scholarship above described, and is held on the same terms. The annual value is MITCHELL, DAVID SCOTT MITCHELL, PATERSON, DAVID SCOTT. JAMES JONES, REES R Not Awarded COWLISHAW, W. 186Oi STEPHEN, BOWMAN, CECIL. EDWAIID GRIFFITH, S. W. 4.-DEAS-THOMSON SCHOLARSHIP. In the year 1854, the Honorable E. Deas-Thomson, Esquire, then Colonial Secretary of New South Wales, left the colony on a visit to England, and on that occasion a Testimonial Fund was raised and presented to him. on account of his public services. Out of this fund, Mr. Deas-Thomson appropriated 1000 to the foundation of a Scholarship in the University for the encouragement of Physical Science. Like the Cooper and the Barker Scholarships, it is open to Undergraduates in their sixth term only, and is held on the same terms as those Scholarships. This Scholarship is of the annual value of WILLIS, ROBERT SPIER SALTING, WILLIAM SEVERIN Not RUSSELL, Awarded. HENRY QUAIPE, F. H. I860. STEPHEN, BOWMAN, CECIL. ANDREW. 1862, MURRAY, C. E. R.

118 112 SCHOLARSHIPS. 5.-LEVEY SCHOLARSBIP. The sum of 500 was bequeathed by Solomon Levey, Esquire, to the Sydney College, which had been established by a certain number of Subscribers forming a Joint Stock Company for the purpose of imparting the rudiments of a liberal education to the youth of the Colony. The direction of Mr. Levey in respect to this bequest was that the amount should be invested in the purchase of shares in the College, and that the annual income arising therefrom should be applied towards the education of Orphan Boys at the discretion of the Trustees of the College. The Sydney College having failed in its object, the Shareholders were empowered by an Act of the Legislature passed in 1853, to sell to the University of Sydney the Land in Hyde Park, which had been granted by the Government as a site for the College, with the buildings and all other property belonging to the College, including Mr. Levey's bequest. This sale having been effected accordingly in the same year, it was resolved by the Senate of the University, that Mr. Levey's bequest which they had acquired should be devoted to the foundation of a Scholarship to be called the Levey Scholarship, but that the principal, which then, with accrued interest, amounted to 565, should be allowed to accumulate further before its actual application to the intended object. The principal is now represented by seven Government Debentures of 100 each, bearing interest at the rate of 5 per cent TOM, W Not Awarded Not Awarded O'ÜBIEN, L Not Awarded BELISARIO, EDWARD. I860. MuBBAT, C. E. K. 6. SALTING EXHIBITION. A sum of 500 was given by Severin Kanute Salting, Esquire, to the University, to be applied for the promotion of sound learning. This Exhibition is appropriated for a student in the Faculty of Arts, proceeding to the University from the Sydney Grammar School. The Principal is invested in Government Debentures bearing interest at 5 per cent. I860. MEIN, C. S.

119 SCHOLARSHIPS, &c WENTWORTH TRAVELLING FELLOWSHIP. The sum of 445 was given in 1862 by W. C. Wentworth, Esq., to be invested and allowed to accumulate until it should reach an amount which in the opinion of the Senate will be sufficient for the foundation of a Travelling Fellowship to be awarded to a Graduate in Arts not being over twenty-five years of age, who shall be declared to have obtained the highest Honors in the course of his Academical career. This Fellowship is tenable for three years, and the holder is bound to visit England and the Continent of Europe, and on his return to present to the Senate a Narrative of his Tour, with remarks on the objects of Scientific and Literary interest, to which his observations may have been directed. It is not tenable with any other similar Fellowship. 8 MORT TRAVELLING FELLOWSHIP. Thomas Sutcliffe Mort, Esq., has signified his intention to place at the disposal of the Senate the sum of 315, to be awarded on Commemoration Day, 1865, to the Graduate (not then being over twenty-five years of age, nor having resided in England since his eighteenth year) who shall, on that day, be declared to have attained the highest Honors in the course of his Academic career. This sum must be expended in visiting England, and, if possible, the Continent of Europe. The recipient is required upon his return to present to the University, to be placed amongst its archives, a History of his Tour, with a special reference to the - Esthetical or Mechanical and Engineering Arts.

120 114 PRIZES. ENGLISH ESSAY. In 1853, a Prize of 11 was given by Professor Woolley for the best English Essay. The sum of 200 (Government Debentures) was given in 1854, by W. C. Wentworth, Esq., the interest to be applied in an Annual Prize for the same object WlNDEYEH, W. C. 18S4. WlNDEYER, W. C WlNDEYEE, W. C DOCKER, ERNEST B. ENGLISH VERSE. In 1854, the Provost, Edward T. Hamilton, Esq., gave 25 for the best Composition in English Verse. Since the year 1857, an annual sum of 20 has been appropriated by the Senate for a Medal for the same object. is«. /Wims, R. SPIER. ) Fonal 18Μ ISALTING, WILLIAM S. J tqual SALTING, WILLIAM S. I860. YARRINGTON. W. H DOCKER, ERNEST.B. LATIN HEXAMETERS. The late Chancellor, Sir Charles Nicholson, gave a Medal of the annual value of 20 for the best Composition in Latin Hexameters SALTING, GEORGE SALTING, GEORGE GRIFFITH, S. W. GREEK IAMBICS. In 1853, Sir Charles Nicholson gave 20 for the best Composition in Greek Iambic Verse. In 1861 and 1862, an annual Medal of the value of 10 was offered by Professor Woolley for the same object. This Medal is now given annually by the Honorable George Allen FORSHALL, W. F HOUISON, JAMES GRIFFITH, S. W GRIFFITH, S. VV.

121 PRIZES. 115 LATIN ELEGIACS. 10 is annually given by the Chancellor, the Hon. Francis L. S. Merewether, for the best Composition (generally a translation) in Latin Elegiacs SALTING, GEORGS SALTING, GEORGE SALTING, GEORGE GRIFFITH, S. W. LATIN ESSAY. A Prize of 10 for the best Latin Essay was offered by Professor Woolley SALTING, SALTING, GEORGE. GEORGE. An Annual Medal of the value of 10 is given by Professor Woolley for an English Essay by a Bachelor of Arts, not exceeding fifteen terms from his matriculation. An Annual Prize of 10 for Proficiency in Mathematics among commencing Bachelors is given by Professor Pell STEPHEN, CECIL BowMAir, E. iocs J GRIFFITH, S. W { MUREAÏ, C. E. R. I *«An Annual Prize is given by Professor Smith, to the Student who distinguishes himself most at the Class Examinations, (viva voce,) in Ghemistry and Experimental Physics throughout each year. These Prizes have been awarded as follows : { PATERSON. WILLIS RENWICK HAWTHORN { GARLAND. HALLEY. } seq { GARLAND. STEPHEN. } seq STEPHEN. BOWMAN, E.) œq. { GRIFFITH. ) f GRIFFITH. I MEILLON. œq. 1S63. { ALLEN. seq. SMITH. I

122 ANNUAL PRIZES. Books stamped with the University Arms are given under a By-Law of the Senate to each Member of the First Class at the Yearly Examinations. CLASSICS. MATHEMATICS. CHIUIaTBS 4ND EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. LOGIC. MORAL PHILOSOPHY. FRENCH. GENERAL JURISPRUDENCE Oliver, 1 Kinlock, 1 Curtis, 1 Windeyer, 1 Mitchell, 1 Fitzgerald, I Kinlock, i Mitchell, 1 Riley, Windeyer, 2 Barton, 1 Paterson, 1 Salting, G., 1 Paterson, 1 Fitzgerald, 2 BuTdekin,"S., 1 Dacre, I Harnett, 1 Salting, W. 1 Paterson, 1 Windeyer, 2 Windeyer, 2! Paterson, 2 Paterson, 2 Burdekin, S., 2 Paterson, 2 Salting, G., 21 Salting, G.2 Salting, G1 2 Renwick., 2 Renwick, 2 Salting, G. 2 Salting, W., 2 Salting, W.2 Salting, W. 2 Salting, G., 2 Stack, 2 Hawthorn, 1 Hawthorn, 1 Jones, Hawthorn, 2 Jones, 2 Hawthorn, 2 McLerie, 1 innes, 1 Norton, 1 Hunt, Ï Hawthorn, 2 Innes, 1 McLerie, I Russell, 1 Innes, 1 Russell, 1 Jones, Innes, 2 Innes, 2 Innes, 2 McLeiie, 2 Hunt, 2 Russell, 2 Russell, 2 Rogers, 1 Cowlishaw, 1 Garland, 1 Tom, 2 Gibbes, I Cowper, 1 McLerie, 2 Cowlishaw, I Garland, 1 Gibbes, 1 Tom, 1 Quaife, L Garland, 1 Halley, 1 Cowlishaw, 1 Wilshire, Garland, 2 Cowiishaw, 2 Quaife, 2 Rogers, 2 2 Cowlishaw, Garland, 2 Garland, 2\ < McCarthy, 2 Gibbes, 2 Gibbes, 2 Torn, 2 f fc Tom, 2 Cowper, 2 Tom, 2 Quaife, 2 Bowden, 2 \ Cowlisha\v2j äj 9 Dixson, 1 Lane, 1 Stephen, 1 Stephen, 1 Lane, 1 Dixson, I Terry, 2 Rogers, 2 Stephen, 1 Lane, Stephen, 2 Stephen, 2 Stephen, 2 Paterson, J., M.A. Bowman E. 1 liowman, E., 1 Bowman, E., 1 Curtis,W.C.,M.A. Bowman A.l Colyer, 1 Donovan, J., M.A. Tom, Wesley 18G0. Bowman E.2 Griffith, 1 Murray, 1 Healy, 1 Mein, 1 Docker, 1 Bowman, E., 2 Colyer, 2 Griffith, 1 Murray, 1 Mein, 1 Docker, 1 Meillon, 1 Bowman, E., 2 Griffith, 1 Murray, I Hurst, 1 Meillon, 1 Mein, Griffith, 2 Murray, 2 Healy, 2 Griffith, 2 Murray, 2 Meillon, 2 Meillon, 2 Griffith, 2 Murray, 2 Quirk, J., 2 Wright, 1 Healy, 2\ Docker, 2 Mein, 2 f S Wright, 1 Docker, 2 Houison, 2 McNamara2 ) * Quirk, D., 2 J B I I j Hurst, 1 Broughton, 1 Docker, 2 McCormack, Smith Smith Allen Healy Griffith Cape Long Manning Allen Mate, W. Mate, F. O'Brien, L. Mate, W. Smith Cape Cape N.B. The figures 1, 2, denote, respectively, Students of the first and second years.

123 117 DEGREES BURDEKIN, M. CURTIS, W. C. FITZGERALD, R. M. LEE, EDWARD. M.A. MITCHELL, D. S. WINDETER, W. C. DONOVAN, J. JOHNSON, J. W. KlNLOCK, J. PATERSON, J. I860. STACK, JOHN STANLEY, GEORGE H SAViGNY, W. H. WILLIS, R. S BoWDEN, E. WANT, RANDOLPH C. ALLEN, W. COWLISHAW, W. P. HAWTHORN, S. GARLAND, J. R. QuAIFE, F. H. ROGERS, F RENWÏCK, A BURDEKIN, S. BOWMAN, A. HARGRAVES, E. H GiBBES, F. J. MACCARTHY, H. T. S STEPHEN, CECIL BROUGHTON, A. CALLACHOR, H. COLYER, H. C. DOCKER, E. B. GRIFPITB, S. W. HARRIS, M. B.A. SALTING, G. HUNT. E. JONES, R. TOM, W. COWPEB, S. S. BOWMAN, E. HEALY, P. J. " HOUISON, J. JOHNSTON, A. LYNCH, W. MACNAMARA, P. B. SALTING, W1 PlLCHER, G. RUSSELL, H. INNES, GUSTAVUS. BOWMAN, A. ME ι L LOK, J. MEIN, C. S. MURRAY, C. E. QUIRK, D. P. QuiRK; J. N. The following gentleman passed the Examination for the degree of B.A THORNE, G.

124 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. Allen, Arthur * Allen, George + Allen, a. W. Allen, Walter, M.A. * Allwood,.TW. R., B.A. Il àbeckett, Arthur t Belisario, E. Il Bennett, George Bowden, J. E., M.A. Bowman, Andrew, B.A. Bowman, Alexander, B.A. Bowman, Edward, B.A. Brennan, Rev. M. Broughton, A., B.A. Brown, A. Browne, W. 0. Burdekin, Marshall, M.A. Burdekin, Sydney, B.A. Butler, E. Callachor, H., B.A. t Cape, Alfred Il Cary, H., M.A. J Clark, William Clarke, Rev. W. B., M.A. Colyer, H. C, B.A. Corish, Rev. M. A. Cowlishaw, W., M.A. Cowper, Charles Cowper, S. S., B.A. Cox, J. D. Cummings, John S. Curtis, W. C, M.A. * Darvall, J. B., M.A. Docker, E. B., B.A. Donovan, John, M.A. * Douglass, H. Grattan, M. D. Duncan, W. A. J Datruc, P. X Eagar, Geoffrey Ellis, E. G. Faithful, W. P. * Faucett, P., B.A. Fitzgerald, E. Fitzgerald, R. M., M.A. Forrest, Very¾ev. J., D.D. Garland, J. R., M.A. Gibbes, F. J., B.A. Gorman, J. R. Gorman, J. V. Gould, A. * Fellows of the Senate. J Professors and Officers. Examiners., t Scholars.

125 ALPHABETICAL LTST. 119 Il Greenup, Richard, M.D." Griffith, S. W., B.A. Î Hargrave, J. F., M.A. Hargraves, E. John, B.A. Harris, M., B.A. Hart, J. Hawthorn, Stuart, M.A. Healy, P. J., B.A. Holroyd, A. T., M.B. Homiman, A. Houison, J., B.A. Hunt, Edward, B.A. Hurst, B. Innes, Gustavus C, B.A. Johnson, J. W., M.A. Johnson, Richard Johnson, Robert Johnston, A., B.A. Jones, Rees R., B.A. Kemp, Charles X Kennedy, Hugh, B.A. King, Rev. George, B.A. Kinlock, John, M.A. t Knox, G. Lee, Edward, M.A. Lenehan, A. Long, G. E. Lynch, W.,'B.A. * Macarthur, Sh- William McCarthy, H T. S, B.A. McCulloch, F. MàcEncroe, Ven. Archdeaco Il Macfarlane, John, M.D. Macnamara, P. B., B.A. Makinsou, T. C, B.A. Manning, G. A. Manning, Sir W., LL.D. * Martin, James t Mate, P. Mate, W. H. McGibbon, John Meillon, J., B.A. Mein, C. S., B.A. Metcalfe, Michael * Merewether, P. L. S., B.A. (Chancellor.) Mitchell, James Mitchell, David S., M.A. Mort, T. S. Murray, C. E. R., B.A. Myers, D. M. Il Nathan, Charles * Nicholson, Su' Charles, Bart., D.C.L. * O'Brien, Bartholomew, M.D. O'Brien, P. t O'Brien, L. O'Connell, D. O'Connor, R. Paterson, James, M.A. * Pell, Morris B., B.A. Pendrill, J., B.A. Pilcher, C. E. Pilcher, George D., B.A. * Plunkett, J. H., B.A. * Polding, The Most Rev. Archbishop, D.D. * Purves, Rev. W., M.A.

126 120 ALPHABETICAL LIST. Quaife, P. H., M.A. Quirk, D. P., B.A. Quirk, J. N., B.A. Ranisay, E. P. Renwick, Arthur, B.A. Bogers, F. E., M.A. Russell, Henry, B.A. Salting, G., B.A. Salting, W., B.A. Savigny, Rev. W. H., M.A. Sharp, E. Sheehy, Very Rev. A. S. Sheridan, Rev. J. F. t Sly, J. D. Smart, T. W. * Smith, John, M.D. t Smith, Robert Stack, John, M.A. Stack, Rev. William, M.A. Stephen, Sir Alfred Stephen, Cecil B., B.A. Stephen, Rev. A.H., B.A. Therry, Very Rev. J. * Thomson, E. Deas, CB. (Vice-Chancellor) Thomson, C Deas Tom, Wesley, B.A. Tooth, Robert Walsh, Rev. W. H., M..A. Want, Randolph C, M.A. Watson, W. X Watt, Charles Il West, George Willis, R. S., M.A. Wilshire, A. T. * Wentworth, W. C. Wilson, F. H. + Windeyer, W. C, M.A. * Woolley, John, D.C.L. Wright, W. K.

127 APPENDIX.

128 SCHOLARSHIP EXAMINATION, DECEMBER, B.A. DEGREE. Translate into Latin Prose But if you can accept of these few observations which have flowered off, and are, as it were, the burnishing of many studious and contemplative years, altogether spent in the search of religious and civil knowledge, and such as pleased you so well in the relating, I here give you them to dispose of. The end then of Learning is to repair the ruins of our first parents, by regaining to know God aright, and out of that knowledge to love him, to imitate him, to be like him, as we may the nearest by possessing our souls of true virtue, which being united to the heavenly grace of faith makes up the highest perfection. But because our understanding cannot in this body found itself but on sensible things, nor arrive so clearly to the knowledge of God and things invisible, as by orderly conning over the visible and inferior creature, the same method is necessarily to be followed in all discreet teaching. And seeing every nation affords not experience and tradition enough for all kind of Learning, therefore we are chiefly taught the languages of those people who have at any time been most industrious after wisdom.

129 EXAMINATION PAPERS. B.A. BEGREE. 1. Translate into English Quacumque libido est, Incedo solus ; percontor quanti olus ac far ; Fallacem circum, vespertinumque prerro Saspe forum ; assisto divinis ; inde domum me Ad porri efc ciceris refero laganique catinum : Coena ministratur pueris tribus ; et lapis albus Pooula cum cyatho duo sustinet ; astat echinus Vilis, cum patera guttus, Campana supellex. Deinde eo dormitum, non solicitus, mihi quod eras Surgendum sit mane ; obeundus Marsya, qui se Vultum ferre negat Noviorum posse minoris. Ad quartam jaceo ; post hanc vagor ; aut ego, lecto Aut scripto, quod me taciturn juvet, ungor olivo, Non quo fraudatis immundus Natta lucerais. Ast ubi me fessum sol acrior ire lavatum Admouuit, fugio Campum lusumque trigonem. Pransus non avide, quantum interpellet inani Ventre diem durare, domesticus otior. Hase est Vita solutorum misera ambitione gravique : His me consolor victurum suavius, ac si Quaestor avus, pater atque meus, patruusque fuisset. Explain Fallacem circum : campana supellex : obeundus Marsya, qui se, &c. : fugio campum lusumque trigonem : pransus : incedo. 2. Translate into English Attamen et justum poteras et scribere fortem, Scipiadam ut sapiens Lucilius. Haud mihi deero

130 EXAMINATION PAPEES. Cum res ipsa feret : nisi dextro tempore, Flacci Verba per attentam non ibunt Cassaris aurem ; Cui male si palpere, recalcitrafc undique tutus. Quanto rectius hoc, quam tristi lsedere versu Pantolabum scurram libmentanumque nepotem! Cum sibi quisque timet, quanquam est intactus, et odifc. Quid faciam? Saltat Milonius, ut semel icto Accessit fervor capiti, numerusque lucernis. Castor gaudet equis ; ovo prognatus eodem Pugnis : quot capitum vivunt, totidem studiorum Millia : me pedibus delectat claudere verba, Lucili ritu, nostrum melioris utroque. Ille velut fidis arcana sodalibus olim Credebat libris ; neque, si male gesserat, usquani Decurrens aho, neque si bene ; quo fit, ut omnia Votiva pateat velufci descripta tabella Vita senis. Sequor hunc, Lucanus an Apulus anceps : Nam Venusinus arat finem sub utrumque colonus, Missus ad hoc, pulsis (vetus est ut fama) Sabellis, Quo ne per vacuum Romano incurreret hostis : Sive quod Apula gens, seu quod Lucania bellum Incuteret violenta. 1. Who was Lucilius? What is meant by "Senis?" Give other examples of the same use. 2. " Omnis votwa pateat," &c. Shew that this is equally true of Horace himself. 3. Explain the lines nam Venusinus... to violenta. 4. Contrast the sermones of Horace with the satires of Juvenal. How far does the difference ai-ise from the characters of the authors themselves from the times in which they lived?

131 EXAMINATION PAPERS. B.A. DEGREE. Translate into English Haec omnia in dites a pauperibus inclinata onera. deinde est honos additus. non enim, ut ab Romulo traditum ceteri servaverant reges, viritim suffragium eadem vi eodemque iure promiscué omnibus datum est ; sed gradus facti, ut ñeque exclusus quisquam suffragio videretur, et vis omnis penes primores civitatis esset, équités enim vocabantur primi, octoginta inde primae classis centuriae : ibi si variaret, quod raro incidebat, ut secundae classis vocarentur ; nee fere unquam infra ita descenderent ut ad ínfimos pervenirent. nec mirari oportet hunc ordinem qui nunc est, post expletas quinqué et triginta tribus, duplicato earum numero centuriis iuniorum seniorumque, ad institutam ab Ser. Tullio summam non convenire. quadrifariam enim urbe divisa regionibus collibusque, quae habitabantur partes, tribus eas appellavit, ut ego arbitror, ab tributo : nam eius quoque aequaliter ex censu conferendi ab eodem inita ratio est. ñeque bae tribus ad centuriarum distributionem numerumque quicquam pertinuere. (a.) What comitia is alluded to in the words viritim, suffragium, SfC.? What in the words hunc ordinem qui nunc est, 8fc.? When and on what occasion was the reform probably referred to, made? (b.) Explain distinctly the change made by the comitia centuriata in the basis of citizenship. To whom does the legend attribute the institution of the Plebeian tribes? When do we first hear of the Oomitia Tributa? What were the Collegia of Servius? How did the four city tribes differ from those of the country? Translate into English Voleronem amplexa favore plebs proximis comitiis tribunum plebi creat in eum annum qui L. Pinarium P. Furium cónsules

132 EXAMINATION PAPERS. habuit, contraque omnium opinionen, qui eum vexandis prions anni consulibus permissurum tribunatum credebant, post publicam causam privato dolore habito, ne verbo quidem violatis consulibus, rogationem tulit ad pop alum ut plebeii magistratus tributis comitiis fièrent, haud parva res sub titulo prima specie minime atroci ferebatur, sed quae patriciis omnem potestatem per clientium suffragia creandi quos vellent tribunos auferret. huic actioni g'ratissimae plebi cum summa vi résistèrent patres, nee, quae una vis ad resistendum erat, ut intercederet aliquis ex collegio auctoritate aut consulum aut principum adduci posset, res tarnen suo ipsa molimine gravis certaminibus in annum extrahitur. plebs VoIeronem tribunum reficit. patres ad ultimum dimicationis rati rem venturam, Ap. Claudium Appii filium, iam inde a paternis certaminibus invisum infestumque plebi, consulem faciunt. collega ei T. Quintius datur. (a.) Explain "per clientium suffragia, Sfc." Why would not the Patres or their clients vote in the Gomm. Trib? (b.) Patres consulem faciunt ei collega datur. How does Niebuhr explain this ; and how is it according to him connected with the adventure of the Fabii at the Cremera? What does he think to be the real meaning of that event? How far does Livy's text bear out his inference? 1. How does Mebuhr explain the 365 years of the Fasti, from Romulus to the Decemviri? 2. Give from Livy and Cicero an exact account of the election of a King and explain the changes in the lex curiata de imperio or auctoritas patrwm from the Regal period to the law of Hortensius, "MÍ wi incerlum comitiorum eventum Patres auctoresfièrent." 3. How does Niebuhr alter the chronology of Coriolanus? and on what grounds? 4. What Roman principle is involved in the trial of Cassius by the Comitia Curiata, of Coriolanus by the Comitia Tributa? 5. " Tribunum privatum esse, sine vmperio, sine magistratu."

133 EXAMINATION PAPERS. What is the technical name for the authority exercised by the Tribunes of the Plebeians? Give a distinct account of their first origin and history up to the Publilian rogation. 6. How does Dionysius explain the legend of Tarquín 1st and Attus Navius? 7. Estimate the influence upon the Roman institutions of the Latin the Sabine element? 8. The probable history of Porsena's invasion of Rome: explain " bona regis Porsenee venderé." 9. An account of the qusestores Parricida. 10. How does the interregnum illustrate Niebuhr's theory of the prehistorical constitution of the Senate? Explain "Patres minorum gentium " " Patres conscripti " quote passages in the 2nd Book in which pat-res must mean " patricians." 11. Notices of the Aventine in the 1st and 2nd Books. 12. Romse tribus una et viginti factœ. Explain, giving the force of "factm." 13. A map of regal Rome : marking ( 1 ) the seats of the three ancient Tribes : (2) the seat of the Plebs : (3) the temple of Janus via Sacra Cloaca Maxima Velia Vicus Tuscus -Vicus Sceleratus Circus Maximus. 14. Probable origin of the Dictator. 15. The relations of Rome and the States of Latium from the fall of Alba to the treaty of Cassius. What monuments remained of this relation in Livy's time? B.A. DEGREE. LOGIC. 1. Distinguish the logical faculty from the " higher reason" (νυυ<;).

134 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 2. The object matter of logic is the thinkable not the true ; the products of thought not the act of thinking. Why does Aristotle introduce a reference to " material truth " in his account of propositions? 3. No concept can itself be represented to the imagination. Every real concept can be embodied in a representation to the imagination. 4. The axioms of formal thought. Why does Hamilton deny this name to the " law of reason and consequent? " Are all a priori laws logical? Distinguish the modern from the ancient use of the terms a priori and necessary. 5. Make a table of the classes of propositions? Under which of Aristotle's divisions do " hypothetical " come? Explain the term " propositio de inesse," giving the Greek equivalent. What are Aristotle's modals? Does the consideration of them belong to " modified" or " applied" logic? Express as propositions in 'pure logic, "A jealous man will probably be spiteful." "The inconceivable cannot possibly be credible." " The axioms of science must be more certain than any deductions from them." 6. Of what general scientific fact is Aristotle's maxim the expression "affirmatives cannot distribute their predicates?" Shew from the prasdicables, and from his doctrine of demonstration, that he really admits A/A ; and that all " laivs of nature" take this form. 7. The fundamental conception of Aristotle's propositions is depth, of Hamilton's breadth. On what grounds would Aristotle reject IfA, and KnI? shew that both AnI and InI are (1) possible forms, (2) not adapted for scientific use. Express logically (according to H. and A.) " Tastes differ," " AU flesh is not the same flesh," " Musicians are not the only Harmonists." 8. Why has Aristotle only two forms of opposition? To which does he give the name " diametrical?" Shew that with " definitely indefinite " propositions you cannot have a pair of contradictories. b

135 EXAMINATION PAPEES. What is the scientific meaning of " indefinitely definite " propositions? 9. The general canon of Inference of Immediate of Mediate Inference. Enumerate some of the more important kinds of immediate inference. What is the controversial use of the Dilemma? Give examples of the compomid, constructive and destructive. 10. Shew that Aristotle does not regard " hypothetical syllogism " as mediate. Explain " οι ξ υποθέσεως συχκογι,σμοι ου δια συχλογισμου δεδει/γμένοι είσϊν, άλλα Βιά συνθήκης ώμο- Χογημένοι.. καίτοιτ/ε ομο\ογεΐν άνατ/καΐον ; αλλ ουκ εκ συλ- Χογισμου. 11. Criticize Hamilton's Analysis (in his Lectures) of the Hypothetical and Disjunctive proposition. What does he mean by saying " In the Hypothetical the condition flows from the predicate, in the disjunctive from the subject?" 12. In what cases is the unfigured syllogism natural? What is meant by an " individualized class?" 13. Explain the genesis of the figures. Show (1) that they depend not on accidents of form, but on essential relations between the terms ; (2) that there can be only three ; (3) that the term "perfect" is properly restrained to the first, both formally and scientifically. 14. The historical origin of the 4th figure. How does it confuse breadth and depth? Shew from Hamilton's own example : " Some stars revolving round the sun are not planets ; for all comets revolve round the sun" that (1) the 4th figure is the 1st with the direct conclusion suppressed ; (2) that AnI, though a possible form, is instinctively rejected by the mind as unnatural. 15. In what cases are the 2nd and 3rd figures more natural than the 1st? Criticize the conflicting opinions of Aristotle and Hamilton upon reduction. 16. Explain A's definition of Induction, " Proving the major of

136 EXAMINATION PAPERS. the middle through the minor ;" and of example, " proving the major of the middle through a case like the minor." Shew (1) that he understands the logical conditions of induction ; (2) the scientific truth that one real case is all ; (3) that his account of example explains and confutes Mr. Mills' " reasoning from fact to fact." ' 17. Mills' "four inductive methods" are not induction, but experiments for the sake of induction ; (2) experiment involves logically, (a) induction from a SINGLE (assumed) case, (δ) tested by deduction to a new case. 18. What is the importance of definition and division in method? 19. In positing "real hinds" you posit "differentia" and " property." 20. Give clearly Aristotle's account of definition of (1) " the subject ; " (2) " the attribute." How far is Mills' assertion true, " The definition posits the real existence of the thing defined?" 21. Compare Aristotle's and Plato's method of "hunting for the definition." How is Plato's useful as subsidiary to the other? 22. What is the fault of the following as definitions : " Honesty is the best policy ;" " Virtue is the true pleasure ;" " A pure tenor is the rarest male voice?" 23. What are the conditions of the " demonstratio potissima?" Which of its propositions must be " quatenus ipsum?" How are axioms distinguished from other " immediate " propositions? 24. Explain the fallacies : " ignoratio elenchi ;" " petitio principii ;" " composition ;" " division." 25. How does " analogy" differ from " induction? "

137 EXAMINATION PAPERS. B.A. DEGREE. ARISTOTLE'S ETHICS. BOOKS I. VI. 1. H μεν ούν μέθοδος τούτων έφίεται, ποχιτική TÎÇ οΰσα. In what part of Aristotle's Ethical system is the Greek confusion between political and moral science most apparent? 2. Shew that " moral duty" involves a two-fold conception ; and that ancient and modern systems of Ethics start from opposite sides of this conception. 3. Explain the terms δύναμις, εξ/,ς, êvépyeia in Aristotle's general philosophy ; and their application to Ethics. 4. On what phenomena of life and consciousness does Aristotle ground his belief in the existence of a ττρακτον àr/αθόν? 5. Αρχή το ότι καϊ el τοΐιτο φαίνοντο ίκανώς, ούδεν ττροσδεήσεί, του δί,ότι. What is the οτί here, and how attained? How far is the method of the first Book inductive; how far à priori? 6. What is Aristotle's practical objection to Plato's Ιδέα, as the foundation of Ethical science? Shew that mysticism and sensuality have their root in the same error. 7. Ουδέτερους euxoyov Βιαμαρτάνειν rotç OXOK, àxx' εν yé TÍ η καϊ τα, ττχείστα κατορθουν. Contrast Aristotle's and Plato's method of dealing with popular and erroneous opinions. 8. Give Aristotle's definition of ευδαιμονία. And shew how it is arrived at, and how developed in the subsequent books. Where is εν βίω τεχείψ worked out? 9. What is Aristotle's view of the relation of the καχον, συμφέρον, and ήδύ? 10. Give Aristotle's definition of ηθική αρετή. Explain fully

138 EXAMINATION PAPERS. the conception of the μεσάτης. From what perversions is it guarded in the dicta? " The mean is in one relation an extreme." " There is no mean of an excess or defect." " There is no excess or defect of a mean." 11. What is meant hy " free will? " How might it be better expressed? Shew that freedom of the ivill involves a standard of moral truth; and that "liberty " consists in perfect conformity with that standard. 12. What is the metaphysical difficulty of free will? What is its practical force? 13. Reconcile the statements " In the choice of an act, you must entirely put aside the consideration of it as pleasant or painful " " The test of perfect virtue is the pure and immediate pleasantness of right action." 14. Analyse a moral act according to Aristotle, distinguishing πάθος, βούλευσις, βούχησις, προαίρεσης. Where does he make the internal άργτ) begin? 15. In what way may we be responsible for acts which we cannot help? 16. What ancient view of human perfection is represented in the 4 cardinal virtues? How far does Aristotle fall in with this? What does he mean by calling àvêpeia and σωφροσύνη " the virtues of the irrational parts? 17. Τέλος πάσης ενεργείας εστί το χατα την εξιν. Explain ; and shew that this is equally true of the unformed as of the perfect habit. 18. Set forth in order Aristotle's spurious "courages ;" and by means of them illustrate the conception of the καχόν. 19. What is Aristotle's "universal justice?" How is it superseded in the later books? Explain άρχη άνδρα δείξει. 20. What is " particular justice?" Explain the nature, origin, and consequence of the confusion in the use of the word δίκαιον.

139 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 21. In what sense is "justice " really a μεσάτης. 22. Give Aristotle's account of άντιττεπονθός. Explain his definition of an honest bargain αυτά Bl αΰτων γίηνεται. How is this consistent with profit? 23. The relation of Equity to Justice. Explain τα επιεική κοινά των αγαθών εστίν êv τω προς αχλον. Shew that equity is the true άκριβοβίκαιον. 24., Αργτ] καϊ τέλος vom. 25. How far does A. condemn Socrates' definition of moral virtue as " science? " In what sense is all virtue one? Give an account of the mutual relation of pure will and intellectual excellence in perfect morality. 26. Explain the intellectual operation and object matter of σοφία. B.A. DEGREE. 1. Translate into English Oîo 1 ; cal Πάρις ελθών ες Βόμον τον ΆτρειΒάν ησχυνε ξενίαν τράττεζαν κκοπαίσι γυναικός.. Χιπουσα δ' άστοϊσιν άσττίστορας κχόνους Χογχίμους τε καϊ ναυβάτας οπλισμούς, άγουσα τ' άντίφερνον ΙΧίω φθοράν, βεβακε ρίμφα Βια πυχαν, ατχητα τλασα ποχκα δ' εστενον τόδ' εννεποντες Βόμων προφηται Ιώ Ιω Βώμα Βωμα καϊ πρόμοι,

140 EXAMINATION PAPERS. t ) Χέχος και στίβοι φιχανορες. ττάρεστι σιτ/άσ, άτιμος, άχοιβορος, αβιστος αφεμενων ίβεΐν. πάθω δ' υπερπόντιας φάσμα Βόξει δόμων άνάσσειν. ενμορφων Βε κοχοσσών εχθεται χάρις άνβρί. ομμάτων δ' εν άχηνίαις ερρει πάσ ' ΑφροΒίτα. ονειρόφαντοι δε πενθημονες ττάρεισιν Βόξαι φερουσαι χάριν ματαίαν. μάταν γαρ ευτ αν εσθχά τις Βοκών οραν, παραχχάζασα Βια χερών, βεβακεν δψις ου μεθύστερον πτεροίς οπαβοΐς ύπνου κεχευθοις. τα μεν κατ οίκους εφ 1 εστίας άχη τάδ' εστί καϊ τωνο" ΰπερβατώτερα. το παν B' άφ' 'ΕΧΧάΒος αϊας συνορμενοις ττενθεια τχησικάρβιος Βόμων εκάστου πρέπει. ποχχα JoOv θιγγάνει προς ήπαρ ους μεν jap τις επεμψεν οΐβεν αντί Be φώτων τεύχη και σποβος εις εκάστου Βόμους άφικνειται. 2. Translate into English Πάντα Be θνητοίς εστίν άφ" ημών των ορνίθων τα μέγιστα, πρώτα μεν ώρας φαίνομεν ημείς ήρος, χειμώνας, οπώρας σπείρειν μεν, όταν γερανός κρώζουσ ες την Λιβύην μεταχωρη, καϊ πηβάχιον τότε νανκχηρω φράζει κρεμασαντι καθεύβειν, είτα δ' 'Ορέστη χχαΐναν νφαίνειν, ίνα μη ριγών άποβύη.

141 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Ικτίνος δ' αύ μετά ταΰτα φανείς έτεραν ώραν άποφαίνει, f)vika πεκτείν ώρα προβάτων πόκον ήρινον είτα χεκιδών, δτε χρη γλαΐναν πωχεΐν ήδη και Χηδάριόν τι πρίασθαι. εσμεν δ υμίν"αμμων, ΔεΧφοί, Δωδώνη, Φοίβος ΆπόΧΧων. εκθοντες <yàp πρώτον ev όρνις, οΰτω προς άπαντα τρεπεσθε, προς τ εμπορίου κα\ προς βιότου κτήσιν και προς ηάμον ανδρός, ορνιν τε νομίζετε πάν& οσαπερ περί μαντείας διακρίνει φήμη <γ υμίν όρνις εστί, πταρμόν τ όρνιθα καχείτε, ζυμβοχον ορνιν, φωνην bpviv ; θεράποντ ορνιν, bvov bpviv. âp oil φανερώς ημείς υμίν εσμεν μαντείος ΆπόΧΧων ; ήν ουν ημάς νομίσητε θεούς, εζετε γρησθαι μάντεσι Μούσαις, ανραις, ωραις, χειμώνι, θερει, μετρίω πνίγει κούκ άποδράντες καθεδουμεθ 1 άνω σεμνυνομενοι πάρα ταις νεφεχαις ωσπερ χω Ζευς αλλά παρόντες δώσομεν υμίν, αΰτοίς, παισιν, παίδων παισϊν, πχουθνγιείαν, ενδαιμονίαν, βίον, είρηνην, νεότητα, γε\ωτα, -χορούς, θαχίας, ryáxa τ ορνίθων, ώστε παρεσται κοπιάν υμίν ίιπο των àr/αθών οΰτω πχοντήσετε πάντες.

142 EXAMINATION PAPEES. B.A. DEGREE. 1. Translate into English "Βυνέβη Te ευθύ ; μετά την èv Αμφιπολει μάχην καϊ την 'Ραμφίου άναχώρησιν έκ Θεσσαλίας, ώστε πολέμου μεν μηβεν έτι αψασθαι μηβετέρους, προς Be την είρήνην μάλλον την ηνώμην είγον, οι μεν 'Αθηναίοι πληγέντες πι τω Δηλίψ κα\ Bl ολίγου αύθις êv 'Αμφιπολει, και ουκ έχοντες την έλπίβα της ρώμης πιστην 'έτι, ήπερ ου προσεβεχοντο προτερον τας σπον- Βας, Βοκούντες τη παρούση ευτυχία καθυπέρτεροι ηενήσεσθαι και τους ξυμμάγους άμα εβεβίεσαν σφών, μη Βια τα σφάλματα επαιρομενοι έπϊ πλέον άποστώσι, μετεμελοντο τε οτι μετά τα èv Πύλω καλώς παρασχον ου ξννέβησαν οι B' αΰ ΑακεΒαιμόνιοι παρά ηνώμην μεν άποβαίνοντος σφίσι του πολέμου, êv φ φόντο ολίγων ετών καθαιρήσειν την των Αθηναίων Βύναμιν, ει την yíjv τεμνοιεν, περιπεσόντες Be τη êv τη νήσω ξυμφορα, οία ούπω "γεγένητο τη 2πάρτη, καϊ ληστευομένης της χώρας εκ της Πύλου και Κυθήρων, αύτομολοΰντων τε των Ειλώτων, καϊ άει προσβοκίας ούσης μη τι και οι υπομένοντες τοις έξω πίσυvob προς τα παρόντα σφισιν, ωσπερ και προτερον νεωτερίσωσι. 1. What was the Policy of Pericles in this war? Explain the enterprise which led to the battle of Delium, and to the siege of Sphacteria? What was the " disaster in the island? " Explain Έ,παρτιάται πρώτοι τε και ομοίως σφίσι ξυγγενεΐς. 2. A life of Brasidas of Cleon, giving Mr. Grote's defence of his policy. What was the importance of the Thracian Coast Colonies to Athens? 3. Give a clear account of the intrigues from the peace of Nicias to the battle of Mantineia. c

143 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 4. Describe tlie battle of Amphipolis of Mantineia. * 5. Explain the term ΝεοΒαμωΒες ΒρασίΒειοι. 6. What -was the Κυνουρία γη? 7. Give an account of the siege of Melos, and the Melian conference. 8. Give some account of the four councils of the Boeotians. 2. Translate into English Ει 8ε Βη, ωσπερ Χεγονται, εχθοιεν, ικανωτεραν ηγούμαι ΊίικεΧίαν Πελοποννήσου ΒιαποΧεμησαι, οσω κατά πάντα άμεινον εξήρτυται, την δε ημετεραν πόχιν αυτήν της νυν στρατιάς, ως φασψ, επιούσης, καϊ ει δις τοσαύτη εχθοι, ποχυ κρείσσω είναι, οϊς γ' επίσταμαι, ούθ Ιππους άκοχουθήσοντας, ούδ' αύτόθεν πορισθησομενους, ει μη οχύγους τινάς παρ Έγεσταίων, οίο' οπχίτας ΙσοπΧήθεις τοις ήμετεροις, επί νέων γε εκθόντας. με<γα γαρ το και αύταΐς ταΐς ναυσι κουφαις τοσούτον πχοΰν δεΰρο κομισθήναι, την τε άχχην παρασκευην οσην δει επϊ πόχιν τοσήνβε πορισθήναι, ουκ όχνγην ουσαν. ώστε, πάρα τοσούτον γι/γνώσκω, μόλις αν μοι Βοκοΰσιν, ει πόχιν έτεραν τοσαύτην, οσαι Έΐυράκουσαί είσιν, εχθοιεν ε-χοντες, καϊ ομορον οίκήσαντες τον πόχεμον ποιοΐντο, ουκ αν παντάπασι διαφθαρηναι, η πού γε Βη εν πάστ) ποχεμία, ΖικεΧία, ξυστήσεται γαρ, στρατοπέβψ τε εκ νέων ίβρυθεντι, καϊ εκ σκηνιδίων καϊ αναγκαίας παρασκευής ουκ επι ποχύ υπο των ημέτερων ιππέων εζίόντες. το δε ζυμπαν οΰδ αν κρατησαι αυτούς της γης ηγούμαι τοσούτφ την ημετεραν παρασκευην κρείσσω νομίζω. 1. A map of Sicily, marking the colonies, Dorian and Chalcidian. 2. Give and explain Thucydides' account of the Ethnology of Sicily.

144 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 3. A map of Syracuse, showing the Athenian lines mention any other sieges of Syracuse. 4. A Political History of Syracuse from B.C. 485, to this war. 5. A character of Nicias, of Alcibiades. Does Thucydides condemn the expedition to Sicily for itself or its management? 6. What would have been the probable effect of victory at Syracuse upon the history of Greece the World? 7. Explain the agitation occasioned at Athens by the affair of the Herma?. B.A. DEGREE. ARITHMETIC AND ALGEBRA. 1. Multiply 23 7s. 4d. by 45, and prove the result by Division. 2. Find the cost of carpeting a room 18 feet by 22, with carpet 2 feet wide, at 5s. 6d. per yard. 3. Extract the square root of , also of 3-G to two places of decimals. ' 4. Reduce 3 15s. 6 d. to the decimal of a pound. 5. Add together -, f-, and f ; and explain the process. 6. Prove a m X a n = a m x» ; and find the value of a m -f- a n when m and η are whole numbers. Shew that in the latter case the two results may be reduced to the same form. 7. Prove the rule for finding the greatest common measure of two numbers Add together the fractions j, and χ + 2 2* + 4 x- 2.

145 EXAMINATION PAPERS. x 3 4 (a) 5) Solve the Equations ; = 3 (¾ 9) O o and v/9 + a; 4 = Two persons, A and B, start from the same point, but in opposite directions, to go on a circuit of 7 miles ; A travels 5 miles an hour, and starts before B who travels 4 miles an hour ; they meet two miles from the starting place ; how long did A start before B? 11. Explain what is meant by the Logarithm of a number. Point out the advantage of Logarithmic Tables being calculated with the base Prove log. xy = log. χ + log. y ; and log. a» = η log. x. Given log. 2 = ; find log. 16, and log. 25. B.A. DEGREE. GEOMETEY. 1. Define the terms, axiom, parallelogram, square. 2. Prove that any two sides of a triangle are together greater than the third. 3. The exterior angle of a triangle is equal to the two interior and opposite angles ; and the three interior angles are together equal to two right angles. Shew that the exterior angles of any rectilineal figure are together equal to four right angles. 4. In obtuse angled triangles, if a perpendicular be di'awn from either of the acute angles to the opposite side produced,

146 EXAMINATION PAPERS. the square of the side subtending the obtuse angle, is greater than the squares of the sides containing that angle, by twice the rectangle contained by the side upon which, when produced, the perpendicular falls, and the straight line intercepted without the triangle, between the perpendicular and the obtuse angle. 5. Shew that circles having equal radii are equal. 6. If a straight line touch a circle, and from the point of contact a straight line be drawn cutting the circle, the angles which this line makes with the line touching the circle, shall. be equal to the angles in the alternate segments of the circle. 7. Inscribe an equilateral hexagon in a given circle. 8. Give Euclid's definition of proportion. Explain what is meant by the duplicate of a ratio. 9. Ratios, which are the same to the same ratio are the same to one another. 10. Equiangular triangles have their sides about the equal angles proportional ; those sides which are opposite to the equal angles being homologous. 11. Similar triangles are to one another in the duplicate ratio of their homologous sides. 12. Describe a triangle whose area shall be three times that of a given triangle, and which shall be similar to the given triangle. B.A. DEGREE. STATICS. 1. State the parallelogram of forces ; and prove it so far as " concerns the direction of the resultant.

147 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 2. Find the magnitude and direction of the resultant of two forces acting in directions at right angles to one another. Hence find the magnitude and direction of the resultant of any number of forces acting at one point in the same plane. 3. Find the resultant of two equal forces acting in parallel lines ; and shew that the sum of the moments of two such forces about any point, is equal to the moment of their resultant about the same point. 4. Explain what is meant by the centre of gravity of a body. Find the centre of gravity of a uniform triangular lamina. 5. Two unequal weights are connected by a string and placed across a smooth circle in a vertical plane. The length of the string subtends a right angle at the centre of the circle ; find the position of equilibrium, and the tension of the string. 6. Determine the conditions of equilibrium of a rigid body, one point of which is fixed, acted upon by any force in one plane. 7. Find the conditions of equilibrium on the inclined plane. 8. Explain what is meant by the co-efficient of friction, and the limiting position of equilibrium. 9. A heavy uniform rod is placed with one end against a smooth vertical plane, and the other upon a rough horizontal plane ; find the limiting position of equilibrium. B.A. DEGREE. CHEMISTRY AND EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. 1. If one hundred grains of pure iron be dissolved in dilute sulphuric acid, how much hydrogen, by bulk and weight, will be evolved, supposing the thermometer at 50, and the barometer at

148 EXAMINATION PAPEES inches ; and what weight of dry sulphate of iron will be left in the residue? 2. What is the precipitate that usually appears on diluting Sulphuric acid with water? Account for the presence of the matter precipitated, and for its appearance on dilution. 3. Supposing that solutions, each containing one of the following substances, were presented to you, by what chemical tests would you distinguish and identify the different substances? MgO, SOs Hg CIa PbO, NOs KO, CO2 4. Describe the preparation and leading properties of Iodine. 5. Describe the manufacture of coal gas ; and state its average composition. 6. How may we distinguish carbonate of soda from carbonate of potash ; sulphate of soda from, sulphate of potash ; and nitrate of soda from nitrate of potash. 7. Give a diagram to illustrate the formation of Prussian blue on mixing ferrocyanide of potassium with perchloride of iron. 8. By what chemical test may dextrine be distinguished from gum arabic? 9. Describe the preparation of gun cotton ; write its formula ; and state the objections to its use as a substitute for gunpowder. 10. Write the formulas of crystallised cane sugar, grape sugar, and milk sugar. 11. How is the vinous fermentation induced in sugar? State what seems to be the rationale of the operation. 12. How is alcohol converted into acetic acid? Illustrate the reaction by a diagram or equation. 13. What happens to water when dropped into a red hot capsule? And what explanation is given of the phenomena? 14. What are the chief circumstances that affect the mean

149 EXAMINATION PAPERS. temperature of any place? State the annual mean temperature of Sydney. 15. Describe the construction of the batteries of Daniell, Smee, and Grove. 16. What is the most efficient mode of generating light by the voltaic current? 17. How may the magnetism of the earth be accounted for in connection with electricity? 18. In a thermo-electric combination of bismuth and antimony, in which direction does the positive current flow? ANNUAL EXAMINATION. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS. Translate into Latin Prose The life and faculties of man, at the best but short and limited, cannot be employed more rationally or laudably, than in the search of knowledge ; and especially of that sort which relates to our duty, and conduces to our happiness. Whenever I perceive any glimmering of truth before me, I readily pursue and endeavour to trace it to its source ; without any reserve or caution of pushing the discovery too far, or opening too great a glare of it to the public. I look upon the discovery of anything which is true, as a valuable acquisition to society ; which cannot possibly hurt, or obstruct the good effect of any other truth whatsoever : for they all partake of one common essence, and necessarily coincide with each other ; and, like the drops of rain, which fall separately into the river, mix themselves at once with the stream, and strengthen the general current.

150 EXAMINATION PAPERS. YEARLY EXAMINATION. SECOND YEAR.. 1. Translate into English, with explanations Accedit quod ilia contionalis hirudo œrarii, misera ac jejuna plebecula, me ab hoc Magno unice diligi putat. Et hercule multâ et jucundâ consuetudine conjuncti inter nos sumus, usque eo ut nostri isti comissatores conjurationis, barbatuli juvenes, illum in sermonibus Gnœum Ciceronem appellent. Itaque et ludis et gladiatoribus mirandas ζΐτισημασιάς sine ullâ pastoricia fistula auferebamus. Nunc est exspectatio comitiorum, in quas omnibus invitis trudit noster Magnus AuIi filium ; atque in eo neque auctoritate neque gratia pugnat, sed quibus Philippus omnia castella expugnari posse dicebat, in quœ modo asellus onustus auro posset ascenderé. Consul autem ille, Doterionis histrionis similis, suscepisse negotium dicitur et domi divisores habere ; quod ego non credo. Sed senatûs consulta duo jam facta sunt odiosa, qu e in consulem facta putantur, Catone et Domitio postulante ; unum, ut apud magistratus inquirí liceret, qui domi divisores haberent adversus rem publicam. Lurco autem tribunus plebis, qui magistratum simul iniit, solutus est lege. Eliâ et Fufiâ, ut legem de ambitu ferret ; quam ille bono auspicio claudus homo promulgavit. Ita comitia in ante diem vi kal. Sext. dilata sunt. Novi est in lege hoc, ut qui nummos in tribus pronuntiarit, si non dederit, impune sit ; sin dederit, ut, quod vivat singulis tribubus HS cío Cío eco debeat. Dixi hanc legem P. Clodium jam ante servasse ; pronuntiare enim solitum esse et non dare. Sed heus tu videsne consulatum illum nostrum, quem Curio ante άποθέωσι,ν vocabat, si hic factus erit, fabulam mimum futurum? quare ut opinor φίχοσοφητέον, id quod tu facis, et istos consulatus non flocci facteon. d

151 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 2. Translate into English, with explanations Modo mihi date Britanniam quam pingam coloribus tuis, penicillo meo. Sed quid ago? quod mihi tempus, Romas prassertim ut iste me rogat, manenti, vacuum ostenditur? sed videro. Forfcasse enim, ut sit, vincet tuus amor omnes difficultates. Trebatium quod ad se miserim persalse et humaniter etiam gratias mihi agit ; negat enim in tantâ multitudine eorum qui una essen't, quemquam fuisse qui vadimonium concipere posset. M. Curtió tribunatum.ab eo petivi (nam Domitius se derideri putasset, si esset a me rogatus : hoc enim est ejus quotidianum, se ne tribunum militum quidem faceré ; etiam in senatu lusit Appium collegatn, propterea isse ad Cassarem ut aliquem tribunatum auferret), sed in alterum annum. Id etiam Curtius ita volebat. Tu, quemadmodum me censes oportere esse in re publica et in nostris inimicitiis, ita et esse et fore auricula infimâ scito molliorem. Res Romanas se sic habebant : erat nonnulla spes comitiorum, sed incerta ; erat aliqua suspicio dictaturas, ne ea quidem certa : summum otium forense, sed senescentis magis civitatis quam acquiescentis. Sententia autem nostra in senatu ejusmodi, magis ut alii nobis assentiantur quam nosmetipsi. τοιανθ ο τχήμων πόλεμος èfjepyaçercu. 1. Explain the following Messala Consul Autronianam domum emit, H. S. cxxxiv. Mihi non perinde est ut quisque proficiscitur. Biduo per unum servum confecit totum negotium : arcessivit ad se, promisit, intercessit, dedit. Operas Clodianas pontes occuparant. Tabellas ministrabantur, sed ita ut nulla daretur, UTI ROGAS. Argiletani asdificii reliquum dodrantem emit. Asiani qui de censoribus conduxerunt, questi sunt se nimium magno conduxisse : ut induceretur locatio postulaverunt.

152 EXAMINATION PAPEßS. Vides me esse ad scribendum. Explain fully the " Senatûs auctoritates." Ejusdem diei scribens ad me acta. 2. Explain the epistolary historical tense. 3. What period of Cicero's life is contained in these letters? Mention the most important events which occurred to himself to the State during that time. 4. Who were " Teucris" Βόωπις Galvus ex Nanneianis Sampsiceramus? 5. Give from Cicero a character of Pompeius, as private friend as statesman. YEARLY EXAMINATION. SECOND YEAR. 1. Translate into English " Τ ιί2 Κροίσε, επιστάμενόν με το θείον πάν εον φθονερόν τε " καϊ ταραχώδες, επειρωτας άνθρωπηίων πρηγμάτων περί ; εν " yàp τω μακρω χρόνω irowà μεν εστί ίδεειν τα μη τις εθελει, " ποχχα Be καϊ παθεειν. ες yàp εβδομήκοντα ετεα ονρον της " ζόης άνθρώπω προτίθημι. ούτοι εόντες ενιαυτοϊ εβδομήκοντα, " παρέχονται ημέρας δνηκοσίας καϊ πεντακισχιλ,ιας και δισ- " μυρίας, εμβόλιμου μηνός μη γινομένου, el δε Βη εθεχησει " τουτερον των ετεων μηνι μακρότερον <γίνεσθαι, "να Βη αϊ ωραι " συμβαίνωσι παραηινόμεναι ές το δέον, μήνες μεν παρά τα " εβδομήκοντα ετεα οι εμβόλιμοι γίνονται τριήκοντα πέντε " ημεραι Βε εκ των μηνών τούτων χί\ιαι πεντήκοντα, τοντεων " των άπασεων ημερεων των ες τα εββομήκοντα ετεα εουσεων " πεντήκοντα και διηκοσίων καϊ εζακισχιλιεων και Βισμυριεων, " η ετερη αντεων TT ετέρη ήμερτ/ το παράπαν ονδεν όμοΐον

153 EXAMINATION PAPEES. " προσάτ/ει πρτρ/μα. οΰτω ων, ω Κροίσε, ττάν εστί άνθρωπος " σύμφορη, εμοί Be συ καν πλουτέειν μεν μέγα φαίνεαι, και " βασιλεύς είναι ποχλών ανθρώπων εκείνο Βε το εϊρεό με - " ούκω σε εγω λέγω, πρϊν αν τελευτήσαντα καχώς του αιώνα " πύθωμαι. où <γάρ τοι ο μέγα πλούσιος μάχλον του ev ήμέρην " έχοντος ο\βιώτερος εστί ει μη οι τύχη επίσποιτο, πάντα " καλά έχοντα τεχευτησαι εν τον βίον." (a.) Give some account of the Greek year. What number of days in the year seem to be here given? Where does Herodotus give the true number? Cb.) What is the probable explanation of the legend of Solon's visit to Croesus? Is it chronologically possible? (e.) Give Aristotle's criticism on Solon's maxim χρη τέλος opâv. 2. Translate into English ΕπειΒη aíei τω πολεμώ εσσονντο ΰπο Τεγεητέων, πέμψαντες θεοπρόπους ες Δελφούς επειρώτεον τίνα αν θεών ίλασάμενοι κατύπερθε τω πόλεμψ Τεγεητέων γενοίατο. η Be Πυθίη σφι έχρησε, τα Ορέστεω του Αγαμέμνονος οστεα επαγατ/ομενους. ως Βε άνευρεΐν ουκ οίοι τε εγινέατο την θηκην του Όρεστεω, επεμπον αΰτις την ες θεον επειρησομένους τον χωρον èv τω κέοιτο ό 'Ορέστης, είρωτώσι Be ταΰτα τοίσι θεοπρόποισι λέγει η Πυθίη τάδε "Εστί τις ΆρκαΒίης Τεγέη λευρω êvl χώρω, ενθ' άνεμοι πνείουσι Βύο κρατερής υπ ανάγκης, και τύπος άντίτνπος, και πημ επί πηματι κείται, ενθ' 'ΆγαμεμνονίΒην κατέχει φυσίζοος ala' τον σύ κομισσάμενος, Τε<γέης επιτάρροθος εσση. Ώς Βε /cal ταΰτα ηκουσαν οι ΛακεΒαιμόνιοι, απεσχρυ της έξευρέσιος ούβεν έλασσον, πάντα Βιζημενοι ες ου Βη Λίχης των

154 EXAMINATION PAPEKS. αγαθοεργών κάλεομένων ΊΕ,παρτιητεων, άνευρε,- οί δε αγαθοεργοί είσϊ των ιστών εξιόντες εκ των ιππέων αίεϊ οί πρεσβΰτατοι, πέντε ετεος εκάστου τους Βει τούτον τον ενιαυτον τον αν εξίωσι εκ των ιππέων, Χπαρτιητεων τω κοινω Βιαπεμπομένους μη ελινύειν άλλους αχλη. (a.) Write in Attic Greek from, επειδή to πυθίη τάδε. And give the general characteristics of the Herodotean Ionic. (b.) Explain the following : άλλοι τε καϊ Sr και έρχομαι ερέων τυγχάνει ποιέων όπως ποιήσεις 1 'όσα μεν αργύρου... ποίησης J αναθήματα, εστί οι πλείστα e'ç τον προκατίζων έβίκαζε ουβαμοι 'ότι μη Χίοι μδυνοι μυρίη ίππος οΐος ποιειν otó? τε ποιειν του βίου ευ ηκειν συος χρήμα μέγα καίπερ εων εν κακω τρίτον ήμιταλαντον ola παί&ων οί υπαρχόντων δια τρίτου ετεος. 1. What was Herodotus' relation to the earlier λογόγραφοι, and the following historians? 2. What is the general plan of Herodotus' book? How far is it executed in the first book? 3. What is the latest date mentioned by Herodotus? 4. Give a sketch of Lydian history to Croesus as far as it is known. What were the probable ethnological affinities of the Meians the Lydians? 5. What persons mentioned in the Old Testament are found in the 1st Book of Herodotus? Explain clearly the circumstances which led to the war between Croesus and Cyrus. How were the Babylonians and Egyptians concerned in it? 6. Herodotus identifies the Ionic and Doric with the Pelasgian and Hellenic races respectively explain this. What does he mean by saying that the Pelasgian language was βάρβαρος? 7. What is meant by the tyrannic period of Greece? In what relation did these tyrants generally stand to democracy? Illustrate in the case of the Peisistratida?.

155 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 8. What is the probable date of the Lycurgean constitution at Sparta? Its relation to the ancient heroic constitutions? What is Aristotle's criticism on it generally on the Ephors especially? 9. What were the Spartan knights? and αγαθοεργοί? 10. Explain προμαντήιη άτεχείη προεδρίη έίςέίναι τω βουκομένω γενέσθαι ΔεΚφον. 11. Of the two readings in the following passages, which do you prefer, and why? c. 27. Χαβειν άειράμενοι \ άρώμενοι J c. 33. ταΰτα ( Χέγοντι \ Κροίσος \οϋτε εγαρίζετο. \ Χέγων ) τω Κροίσω J, Ç./5- f άμαθέα )? κάρτα οοξας.-<, η\ ζ είναι. 12. Explain the moods in Κροίσος εττειρωτα ει στρατεύηται έττϊ Πέρσας, και ει τίνα στράτον ανδρών ττροσθεοπο σύμμα χον. YEARLY EXAMINATION. SECOND YEAE. 1. Translate into English Τις οντιν à θεσπιέπεια ΔεΧφϊς είπε πέτρα ίρρητ άρρητων τελ,εσαντα φοινιαισι χερσιν ; ώρα νιν άεχκά&ων ϊππων σθεναρώτερον φυγά πόδα νωμάν.

156 EXAMINATION PAPERS. ενοπχος <yàp επ" αύτον επενθρωσκει πυρι και στεροπαΐς ό Διός yeverar είναι ο αμ έπονται. Κηρες άναπχάκητοι. έλαμψε yàp του νιφόεντος αρτίων φανεϊσα φάμα Παρνασοΰ τον αβηχον ανβρα πάντ ίγνεύειν. φοιτά yap ΰπ àypiav ΰΧαν ανά τ άντρα καϊ πέτρας ατε ταύρος, μεχεος μεχεω ποβϊ χηρεύων, τα μεσόμφαχα yâς άπονοσφίζων μαντεία τα δ' et ζώντα περιποτάται. Βεινα μεν ουν, Βεινα ταράσσει σοφοί οιωνοθετας, ούτε Βοκοΰντ οΰτ άποφάσκονθ' ο τι Χεξω δ απορώ, πετομαι δ' ελπίσιν οΰτ ενθάο" ορών οΰτ οπίσω, τι yàp η ΛαβΒακίΒαις ή τω ΠοΧύβου νείκος εκειτ οΰτε πάροιθεν ποτ βγωγ' ούτε ταννν πω εμαθον προς 'ότου Βη βασάνω επϊ ταν επίβαμον φάτιν ειμ.' ΟΙΒιπόΒα επίκουρος άβήχων θανάτων. 2. Translate into English "Ιππι αναξ ΠόσειΒον, φ 'χαχκοκροτων ίππων κτύπος και γρεμετισμος άνβάνει, και κυανεμβοχοι θοαϊ μισθοφόροι τριήρεις, μειρακίων θ ίιμιχχα Χαμπρυνομενων εν αρμασιν ΛαβΒακίΒαις

157 EXAMINATION PAPERS. καϊ βαρυδαιμονούντων, δεΰρ' έ'λο' èç γορον, ω -χρυσοτρίαιν, ω δελφίνων μεδέων, Έ,ουνιάρατε, ω Γεραίστιε παΐ Κρόνου, Φορμίωνί τ φίχτατ, εκ των άλλων τε θεών Αθηναίοις προς το παρεστος. ευχο^/ήσαι βουχόμεσθα τους πατέρας ημών 'ότι άνδρες,ήσαν τήσδε της γης άξιοι καϊ του πέπλου, ο'ίτινες πεζαΐς μάγαισιν εν τε νανφρακτω στρατω πανταγοΰ νικώντες αεί τήνδ' εκόσμησαν ποχιν ου yàp ονδεϊς πώποτ αυτών τους εναντίους ίδων ηρίθμησεν, àxx ο θυμός ευθύς ην άμννίας εΐ δέ που πεσοιεν ες τον ωμον εν μάγτ) τινι, τοντ άπεψησαντ αν, εΐτ ηρνονντο μη πεπτωκέναι, άλλα διεπαχαιον αύθις, καϊ στρατηγός ούδ' αν εις τών προ του σίτησιν ητησ έρομενος ΚΧεαίνετον νυν δ' εάν μη προεδρίαν φέρωσι καϊ τα σίτία, ου μα χεΐσθαί φασιν. ημείς δ' άζιουμεν τη πόχει προίκα 'γενναίως άμύνειν καϊ θεοίς έγχωρίοις. καϊ προς ουκ αιτοΰμεν ουδέν, πχην τοσουτονί μόνον ην ποτ ειρήνη γενηται και πόνων παυσώμεθα, μη φθονείθ' ημΐν κομώσι μηκ άπέστχεγγισμένοις.

158 EXAMINATION PAPERS. YEARLY EXAMINATION. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS. ARISTOTLE'S RHETORIC BOOK I. 1. Ή ρητορική εστίν αντίστροφος τχι διαλεκτική. Plato says that rhetoric is αντίστροφος τί) οψοποιητικ^. How does this difference of view illustrate the general opposition between Aristotle's and Plato's way of dealing with practical abuses? 2. Distinguish exactly "rhetoric," "dialectic," and "apodictic." 3. What are Aristotle's three constituents of persuasion? Explain them, and shew that the ήθος and πάθος are not peculiar to rhetoric, (moral education), but belong to education on all subjects. 4. Make a tabular view of the Rhetoric ; and state how far the system is carried out in the first book? 5. Tb ενθύμημα εξ ολνγων και ποχλάκις εξ ελαττόνων η ο πρώτος συλλογισμός. This does not mean that the euthymeme has a premise suppressed. What does it mean? 6. Distinguish carefully βίκος, and the three kinds of σημειον, shewing how they are related to the conclusion as whole or part. How does τεκμήριον differ from scientific proof? Under which sign comes circumstantial evidence? When is circumstantial evidence cumulative? 7. Distinguish carefully Aristotle's example from his induction. The difference between them is material not logical. 8. Explain εϊβη κοινά εϊβη τόποι. Enumerate the κοινά εϊβη. To which of the kinds of persuasion are they respectively natural? e

159 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 9. Explain Aristotle's three kinds of rhetorical speech. To what do they answer in private life? What is the special value of the Epideictic? 10. Give cases of epideictic oratory in Greece and Rome. Shew how modern sermons grew out of the orations of the ancient professors of rhetoric ; and are in fact the re-animation of their dry bones. 11. The greater part of moral and literary education is epideictic" rhetoric. 12. Shew Aristy>tle's method in pointing out the sources of εί&η for deliberative rhetoric. 13. The connexion of politics with rhetoric. Give Aristotle's enumeration of forms of government, and explain them. 14. Why is αρετή popularly used for benevolence? 15. Distinguish σωφροσύνη ävbpeoa, Βικαιοσύνη φρόνηση. 16. Where does Aristotle examine the ατεκνοι πίστεις? YEARLY EXAMINATION. SECOND YEAR. FIRST DIVISION. ALGEBRA. 1. Determine the sum of a Geometric series of which the first and last terms and the number of terms are given. 2. Find the number of Permutations of n things taken r together. How many different arrangements can be made of six persons sitting round a table?

160 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 3. Assuming the Binomial Theorem for positive, prove it for negative and integral indices. 4. Reduce one million from the denary to the septenary scale, and extract its square root in that form. 5. Determine the relation between a and b, that the expression a + */~h ma y have a square root of the same form ; and extract the square root of */~Q^ 6. State the principle on which the use of indeterminate co-efficients depends ; and apply it to resolve the fraction 7 χ - 25 (¾ - 3) (a; - 4) (as - 5) ' 7. Prove that an equation of the form ax + Iy = c, may have an infinite number of integral but not of positive mtegral solutions. 8. Find the amount of an annuity of 100 left unpaid for three years, money being worth 5 per cent. 9. Expand a x in ascending powers of x, and deduce the series for log«(1 +»). 10. Prove the rules for multiplying and dividing numbers by means of their Logarithms. 11. Explain the method of using the tables of Differences attached to Logarithm Tables. If the Logarithms of and were given, how would you find the Logarithm of 284, 717?

161 EXAMINATION PAPERS. YEARLY EXAMINATION. SECOND YEAR. SECOND DIVISION. ALGEBRA. 1. If a = 2, 6 = 3, and c 4, find the values of and of (a + b c) (6 + c a) (c + i δ). 2. Find the sum and difference of (j? 2q) χ + 2 (j) + q) y, and (3p - g) κ - 3 (ρ - q) y. 3. Prove the rule for finding the greatest common measure of two numbers. Find the highest common factor of * 3 1 and x 2 + χ Divide a; 5 px* + gœ 3 qx 2 + px 1 by χ Prove α χ a" = a m+b and a m -r a" = α Β1_κ, m and «being any integers.. 6. Extract the square root of x re 8-2x 6 + 9x A - 6x Simplify the following expression, and find its value to four places of decimals ('VT- 1 VT)-(^i - 8 Vi). 8. Solve the following equations ( 1 ) T - _ ~^~ = K - 6

162 EXAMINATION PAPERS. (2) ( 1 + \ V 7 ST^ = g VÎ. (3) «'- y _ 2 _ χ + y 5 y 1 as 4.4 6»2 = 4Î/ (α - 2i/) (4) -j χ + 3 _ 7y -5 5 ~ What number is that whose third part is as much greater than 10, as its fourth part is than 7? 10. The sum of two numbers is 34, and the difference of their square roots is 2 ; find the numbers. YEARLY EXAMINATION. SECOND YEAR FIRST DIVISION. TEIGONOMETEY AND ANALYTICAL GEOMETEY. 1. Trace the variations in sign and magnitude of the secant of an angle through the four quadrants. 2. Prove the formules Sin (A + B) = Sin A Cos B + Cos A Sin B Cos 2A=2 Cos 2 A - I = 1-2 Sin 2 A tan (45 + A) - tan (45 - A) = 2 tan 2 A.

163 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 3. Investigate formulas for solving a triangle when two sides and the included angle are given. 4. Shew that the area of a triangle = I Jc Sin A= ν s (s a) (s b) (s c). 5. Find the areas of regular polygons of η sides, inscribed in and circumscribed about a circle of given radius. Deduce the formulas for the area of a circle. 6. Find χ from the equation 1 2 Cos 2a. tan (a + «) ten (a - a) = χ + 2 Cog 2a " 7. Prove Demoivre's Theorem for a positive integral index. 8. Shew that,. α 2 α* Cos a = Find the equation to a straight line passing through a given point and perpendicular to a given straight line. Ex. ( 3, 2) the given point, Sx 4y = 6 the given line. 10. Shew a priori, that the equation Ax + By + C = o represents a straight line ; and find the intercepts on the axes. 11. Find the equation to the line touching a circle in terms of m, the tangent of the angle which the touching line makes with the axis of x. 12. Find the equation to the line joining the points of intersection of the circles (x - a) 2 + (y - δ) 2 = c 2 {χ - a,)* + (y - δ,) 2 = o, 2, and shew that this chord is perpendicular to the line joining the centres of the circles.

164 EXAMINATION PAPERS. YEARLY EXAMINATION. FIRST YEAR. 1. Translate into English Τον yàp Φωκικοΰ σνστάντος ποχεμον, ου Si εμέ {ου yàp 8η eyωye επολιτευομην πω τότε), πρώτον μεν νμεΐς ούτω 8ιέκεισθε ώστε Φωκεας μεν βουκεσθαι σωθήναι, καίπερ ού δίκαια ποιονντας ορώντες, Θηβαίοις δ' ότιοΰν αν εφησθήναι παθοΰσιν, ουκ λόγω? ούδ' αδίκως αύτοίς ορ^ιζόμενοι. οϊς yàp εύτυχήκεσαν εν Λεύκτροις, ού μετρίως εκέχρηντο. επειθ" η Πελοπόννησος άπασα διειστήκει, καϊ ονθ" οι μισονντες Λακεδαιμονίους όντως ισχύον ώστε άνεχείν αυτούς, ον& οι πρότερον 8ι εκείνων άρχοντες κύριοι των πόλεων ήσαν, αλλά Ttç ην άκριτος καϊ παρά τούτοις και παρά τοις άλλοις απασιν ερις και ταραχή. Ταντα δ ορών 6 Φίλιππος {ού yàp ην αφανή) τοις παρ' εκάστοις προδόταις χρήματ άναχίσκων πάντας σννεκρονε καϊ προς εαυτούς ετάραττεν. 1. Give a short account of the circumstances which led to the delivery of this oration. "What was the result? 2. What were the Λειτoυpyíaι? Give the derivation of the word? 3. Give an account of the battle of Chaeronœa, with date. What did it lead to? 4. Give an account of the earliest encroachments of Philip upon the possessions of Athens. What events drew from Demosthenes the " Philippics " and the " Olynthiac " orations? How was./eschines mixed up with Demosthenes in the settlement of the peace made with Philip? 5. What was the Amphictyonic Council? How did it influence the struggle between Athens and the Macedonians? 6. Explain ψήφισμα, άρχοντες, προβονλενμα.

165 2. Translate into English EXAMINATION PAPERS. 2υνηδειν μεν εκ παντός του χρόνου μέχρι τής ημέρας άφ' ης αύτος êirï το βήμα άνεβην, et περί πρωτείων και τιμής και δόξης cir/ωνιζομένην την πατρίδα, και πχείω και χρήματα και σώματα άνηχωκυΐαν υπέρ φιχοτιμίας και των πασι συμφερόντων η των άχχων ΕΧΧηνων υπέρ αυτών άνηχώκασιν έκαστοι, έώρων δ' αυτόν τον ΦιΧιππον, προς ον ην ημίν ó cvycóv, υπέρ αρχής και δυναστείας τον οφθαχμον εκκεκομμενον, την κχεΐν κατεωγότα, την χείρα, το σκεχος πεπηρωμενον?παν ο Tt βουχηθείη μέρος ή τύχη του σώματος παρεχεσθαι, τούτο προϊεμενον, ώστε τω Χοιπω μετά τί /χή? και δόξης ζήν. και μην ούδε τοΰτό <γε ουδεϊς αν ειπείν τοχμήσαι, ώς τω μεν ΠεΧΧη τραφεντι, χωρίω άδόξω τότε γε δντι καΐ μικρω, τοσαύτην με'γαχο-^υχίαν προσήκεν εγγενεσθαι ώστε τής των 'ΕΧΧηνων αρχής επιθυμήσαι και τοϋτ εις τον νουν εμβαχεσθαι, υμϊν δ ουσιν 'Άθηναίοις καϊ κατά την ημεραν εκάστην εν πασι και XóyoK και θεωρήμασι τής των προγονών αρετής υπόμνημα θεωροΰσι τοσαύτην κακίαν ΰπάρξαι, ώστε τής ελευθερίας αύτεπαγγεχτους εθεχοντας παραχωρήσαι ΦιΧίππω. YEARLY EXAMINATION". FIRST YEAR. 1. Translate into English Τ Γ ρά σε ΤαυροπόΧα Διός "Αρτεμις, ω μεηάχα φάτις, ώ μάτερ αισχύνας εμάς,

166 EXAMINATION PAPEES. ωρμασε πανβάμους επϊ βοΰς άγεχαίας, η πού τίνος νίκας άκάρπωτον χάριν, η ρα κκυτων ενάρων ^τενσθεΐςί άβώροις εϊτ ελαφηβοχίαις ; η γαχκοθώραξ η τιν ΈνυάΧιος μομφαν έχων ξυνον Βορος εννυ-χίοις μαγαναΐς ετίσατο Χωβαν ; ου ποτέ jàp φρενόθεν γ επ αριστερά, παΐ ΤεΧαμώνος, εβας τόσσον εν ποίμναις πίτνων ήκοι <γάρ αν θεία νόσος αλλ.' άπερύκοι και Ζευς κακαν καϊ φοΐβος Άρ<γείων φάτιν ει δ' υποβαλλόμενοι κχεπτουσι μύθους οι μεγαχοι βασιχης, ή τάς ασώτου ΣισυφιΒαν γενεάς, Γ μη μη μ, αναξ, εσ ωο εφαλοις κχισιαις ομμ χων κακαν φάτιν apr. άλλ άνα εξ εβράνων, οπον μακραίωνι στηρίζει ποτέ ταδ' αγωνιώ σχολά άταν ούρανίαν φχε<γων. εγθρων δ' νρβις άτάρβητος ρμάται εν εύανεμοις βάσσαις, πάντων καχαζοντων <γλώσσαις βαρυάχγητα εμοι B αχός εστακεν. 2. Translate into English Χώρει, πρόβαιν ερρωμενως. ω Κωμία, βραβννεις ; μα τον Δι, ου μεντοι προ του %, αλλ' ησ& μας κύνειος νυνϊ Βε κρείττων εστί σον ΧαρινάΒης βαβίζειν. ω ΣτρνμόΒωρε ΚονθνΧεΰ, βέλτιστε συνβικαστων, f

167 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Εύερ<γίδης αρ εστί ττου 'νταΰθ'', ή Χάβης ο φλυεύς ; ττάρεσθ', ο Βη Χοιττόν y er εστίν, άτητατταΐ ττατταιάξ, ήβης κείνης, ήνίκ èv Βνζαντίω ξυνημεν φρουρουντ έγώ τε καϊ σύ κατά ττεριττατουντε νύκτωρ της άρτοττώλ,ιβος Χαθόντ εκ\έ ψαμεν τον ολ,μον, καθ' ήψαμεν του κορκόρου, κατασχίσαντες αυτόν. αλλ' εηκονωμεν, ωνβρες, ως εσται Λάχητι νυνί σίμβχον Βε φασι χρημάτων εχειν ατταντες αυτόν, χθες ουν Κλέων ó κηβεμων ήμΐν εφειτ εν ωρα ήκειν έχοντας ήμερων όρ^ην τριών ττονηραν εττ αυτόν, ως κοχωμενους ων ήβίκησεν. άλλα σττεΰβωμεν, ωνβρες ηλίκες, ττρϊν ήμεραν γενέσθαι, χωρώμεν, άμα τε τω Χύχνω ττάντη Βιασκοττωμεν, μη ττου Χαθών τις εμττοβων ημάς κακόν τι Βράση. Π. τον ττη\ον, ω ττάτερ πάτερ, τουτονϊ φύλαξαι. YEARLY EXAMINATION. FIRST YEAR. TERENT: HEAUT TIMORUMENOS. 1. Translate into English Nam quod rumores distulerunt malevoli, Multas contaminasse Grrœcas dum facit Paucas Latinas ; factum hic esse id non negat, Ñeque se id pigere : et deinde facturum autumat.

168 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Habet bonorum exemplum : quo exemplo sibi Licere id faceré quod illi fecerunt putat. Turn quod malevolus vêtus poëta dictitat, Repente ad stadium hune se applicasse musicum, Amicûm ingenio fretum haud natura sua ; Arbitrium vestrum, vestra existimatio Valebit ; quamobrem omnes vos oratos volo, Ne plus iniquûm possit quam œquûm oratio. Facite sequi sitis : date Crescendi copiam Novarum qui spectandi faciunt copiam Sine vitiis. 1. Explain the uses of the tenses in the following phrases, distinguishing the two cases of the Aorist : Contaminasse dum facit. Dum (mulieres) comuntur annus est. Dum abs te absum omnes mihi labores fuere leves, Preeterquam tui carendum quod erat. Somnum oculis non vidi meis dum id qusero. id facere 2. Distinguish me 1^ P^? fc ) ^uod il!i fecei,uafc I. '. s me ejus piget ),, fecerint ) mi usus veniet usu 3. Explain the construction novarum spectandi ; giving examples out of Sallust. 4. What was the insinuation alluded to in verses 7-9? 2. Translate into English Mulier commoda, et faceta hase. CH. Sane idem visa 'st mihi. SY. Et quidem hercle forma luculenta. CH. Sic satis. SY. Ita non ut olim, sed uti nunc sane bona : Minimeque miror Clinia hanc si dépérit.

169 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Sed habet patrem quendam avidum miserum, atque aridum, Vicinum hunc : nostin'? at quasi is non divitiis Abundet, gnatus ejus profugit inopia. Sein' esse factum ut dico? CH. Quid ego nesciam? Hominem pistrino dignum! ST. Quern? CH. Istunc servolum Dico adolescentis. ST. Syre, tibi timui male. CH. Qui passus est id fieri. SY. Quid faceret.? CH. Rogas? Aliquid reperiret, fingeret fallacias, Unde esset adolescenti amicse quod daret ;. Atque hunc difficilem invitum servaret senem. SY. Garris. CH. Hsec facta ab illo oportebant Syre SY. Eho! laudas, queeso, héros qui fallunt? CH. In loco Ego vero laudo. SY. Recte sane. CH. Quippe quia Magnarum sœpe id remedium asgritudinum 'st. Huic jam mansisset unicus gnatus domi. SY. Jocon' an serio illsec dicat nescio ; Nisi mihi quidem addit animum quo lubeat magis. 1. Explain the potential moods reperiret, fingeret; supplying the omitted conditional clause. 2. Give the Greek for the sane in and 4 ; and jam in ; and distinguish nisi, and nisi si. 3. Explain Sic me di amabunt ut me ejus miser et. 4. Explain the nature of the literary crisis at Rome, in the time of Terence. 5. Why did Comedy not become national with the Romans as with the Athenians? What literature in Rome anwsered to Athenian Comedy?

170 EXAMINATION PAPERS. YEARLT EXAMINATION. FIRST YEAR. 1. Translate into English Nam seepe audivi Q. Maximum, P. Scipionem, prseterea civitatis, nostras prœclaros viros solitos ita dicere, CUM MA JORUM IMAGINES INTÜERENTÜR VEHEMENT1SSIME SIBI ANIMUM AU VIRTUTEM ACCENDi. Scilicet non ceram illam neque figuram tantam vim in sese habere ; sed memoria rerum gestarum earn flammam egregiis viris in pectore crescere, neque prius sedari, quam virtus eorum famam atque gloriam adœquaverit. At contra, quis est omnium his moribus, quin divitiis et sumtibus, non probitate neque industria cum majoribus suis contendat? etiam homines novi, qui antea per virtutem soliti erant nobilitatem antevenire, furtim et per latrocinia potius quam bonis artibus ad imperia et honores nituntur. Promde quasi prœtura et consulatus, atque alia omnia hujuscemodi per se ipsa clara et magnifica sint ; ac non perinde habeantur ut eorum qui sustinent virtus est. Verum ego liberius altiusque processi dum me civitatis morum piget tsedetque : nunc ad inceptum redeo. (a.) Distinguish audivi dicere quum dicerent dicentes what is the tense of adœquaverit give derivation and distinguish proinde quasi -perinde. r. (b.) Explain the expressions ceram -figuram homines novi nobilitas imperia honores. Distinguish virtute, per virtutem. (c.) Who were Q. Maximus, and P. Scipio? Did these families ever become connected? When, and through what other illustrious family?

171 2. Explain the expressions EXAMINATION PAPERS. Animus agit atque habet cuneta Imperium magnum atque late valuit, Ut erat impigro ingenio. Distinguish paucis diébus paucispost Ubi irrupere divorsi regem quserere. historical infinitive. diebus -postpaucos dies. Explain the use of the Ceterum mos partium popularium et Senati factionum ac deinde omnium malarum artium paucis ante annis Bomas ortus, otio et abundantia earum rerum quae prima mortales ducunt. Nam ante Carthaginem deletam populas et Senatus Romanus placide modesteque inter se rempubucam tractabant : neque gloriae, neque dominationis certamen inter cives erat : metus hostilis in bonis artibus civitatem retinebat. Sed ubi illa formido mentibus discessit ; scilicet ea, quas secundas res amant, lascivia atqae superbia incessere. Ita, quod in adversis rebus optaverant, otium, postquam adepti sunt, asperius acerbiusque fuit. Namque cœpere nobilitas dignitatem, populas libertatem in lubidinem verteré : sibi quisque ducere, trahere, rapere. Ita omnia in, duas partes abstracta sunt : respublica, quae media faerat, dilacerata. Ceterum nobilitas factione magis pollebat plebis vis soluta atque dispersa in multitudine minus poterat : paucorum arbitrio belli domique agitabatur : penes eosdem asrarium, provincias, magistratus, glorias triumphique erant : populus militia atque inopia urgebatur ; prasdas bellicas imperatores cum paucis diripiebant. Interea parentes aut parvi liberi militum, ut quisque potentiori confinis erat, sedibus pellebantur. (a.) Give a clear account of the social and political consequences of the Carthaginian War and especially of the causes which produced the Agrarian Law of Tib. Gracchus.

172 EXAMINATION PAPERS. (h.) Shew that the social and political state of Rome after the death of the Gracchi inevitably tended to a military despotism. 4. What are the characteristics of Sallust (1) as writer ; (2) as historian? 5. The history of Masinissa. 6. The fortunes of Sulla and Marius after this war. YEARLY EXAMINATION. FIEST YEAR. EUCLID. 1. State the three Postulates necessary for the construction of geometrical figures ; and give instances of the use of all three, in propositions of Euclid. 2. If two triangles have two sides of the one equal to two sides of the other, and have likewise their bases equal ; the angle contained by the two sides of the one shall be equal to the angle contained by the two sides, equal to them, of the other. 3. The opposite sides and angles of Parallelograms are equal to one another and the diameter bisects them. 4. Divide a given right line into two such parts, that the rectangle contained by the whole and one part shall be equal to the square on the other part. 5. Draw a straight line from a given point to touch a given circle. 6. In equal circles the angles which stand upon equal arcs are equal to one another, whether they are at the centres or circumferences.

173 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 7. Cut off a segment from a given circle which shall contain an angle equal to a given rectilineal angle. 8. Inscribe a circle in a given triangle. 9. If any number of magnitudes be proportionals, as one antecedent is to its consequent so is the sum of the antecedents to the sum of the consequents. 10. In right angled triangles the rectilineal figure described on the side opposite to the right angle is equal to the similar figures on the sides containing the right angle. 11. Three straight lines being drawn from a given point, draw another straight line cutting them in such a manner that its segments intercepted between them shall be equal. 12. Prove that any four sided figure whose opposite sides are equal must be a Parallelogram. 13. The straight lines joining the points of bisection of the sides of any quadrilateral figure, form a parallelogram whose area is one-half that of the quadrilateral. YEARLY EXAMINATION. FIRST YEAR. ARITHMETIC AND ALGEBRA. 1. Explain the meaning of the symbol ; and shew that a b ml when m is a positive integer. Hence shew how any number of vulgar fractions may be added together. ma

174 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 2. Shew that every vulgar fraction may be expressed either as a terminating or as a recurring decimal. 3. Shew that 9 = 1, and thence prove the rule for finding the value of a recurring decimal. Ex. -27Ö5, Standard gold being worth 46 14s. 6d. per lb. ; and a pound of silver, 222 parts in 240 of which are pure silver, being worth 3 2s. ; find the value of the silver alloy in a sovereign. 5. Find the square roots of 5, i, 125, each to 7 places of decimals. 6. Prove the forms am an = am+n (a" 1 )» = n/ S a mn = a m, m and η being positive integers. k Explain the origin and meaning of the symbol afi. 7. If a be prime to h, but be divisible by a, shew that c is divisible by a. 8. Find the G.C.M. of a mn a; 4 4 M? + 6a 2 x 2 4 a 3 χ + α 4 as* - 2α 2 χ 2 + a 4, and of α-" 3 (a 1) χ 2 (α 1) χ a δ»3 - α 2 χ 2 - (a 2 - b) χ + bx 2 - α Add together the fractions 1 a a 2 + x 2 χ a 3 x 3 o? + ax + x 2

175 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 10. Find the value of the expression 1 + χ - -/2x + x χ + -/2x + a 2 when χ = \ l/a + -r! Solve the equations (a + x) (b + x) a (b + c) = + x 2 ^9 + 2 v/4»* -» 2 = 2ÍB - 3 ax + a + να 2 χ 2, 1 r = œ. αχ + a va 2 a; Solve the equations (χ + 5) (y + 7) = (a. + 1) (y - 9) ; 2ÍB + 11 = Sy Λ/6 + χ = 3 \/6 y 3» - 2ί/ = Find the conditions under which ax 2 + bx + c is a perfect square. YEARLY EXAMINATION. FIRST YEAR. EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. 1. Explain and illustrate the following general properties of matter, namely, Impenetrability, Divisibility, Inertia. 2. Explain the apparent destruction of matter in such a case as the burning of a candle.

176 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 3. Name and illustrate the different kinds of attraction. 4. Explain what is meant by specific gravity ; and name the usual standards of reference for solids, liquids, and gases. 5. How is heat related to the attraction of Cohesion? 6. What, according to Faraday's calculation, is the amount of heat derived from the Sun and falling upon an acre of land during a summer day in the latitude of London, equal to when compared to the heat derived from the combustion of coal. 7. Describe certain experiments which seem to show the conversion of the Sun's light into heat. 8. Describe the construction of the common mercurial thermometer, and the graduation according to Fahrenheit's scale. 9. Given a cubic foot of air saturated with moisture at the temperature of 80 F., and barometric pressure of 305 inches : required the dry bulk under standard temperature and pressure. 10. Prove that the temperature of a body cannot be taken as a measure of the total quantity of heat contained in it. 11. What number is used to represent the latent heat of steam ; and also of water? 12. How many cubic inches of vapour are furnished by one cubic inch of alcohol at its boiling point, under standard pressure? 13. Name a few of the best conductors of electricity ; and a few of the best insulators. 14. At what period of the year has the atmosphere been observed in Europe to be most charged with electricity? Name the months in which it reaches its maximum and minimum. 15. State some of the points of resemblance and of difference between magnetism and electricity. 16. Trace, in a general way, the secular variation of the compass at London during the last 300 years. 17. What knowledge was there of electro-magnetic phenomena before Oersted's time? 18. Describe RuhmkorfF's induction coil.

177 EXAMINATION PAPERS. FEBETJAEY, CLASSICS. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. Translate into Latin (1.) For Scholarships. It is with sciences as with trees. If it be your purpose to make some particular use of the tree, you need not concern yourself about the roots. But if you wish to transfer it into another soil, it is then safer to employ the roots than the scyons. Thus the mode of teaching most common at present exhibits clearly enough the trunks, as it were, of the sciences, and those too of handsome growth ; but nevertheless without the roots, valuable and convenient as they undoubtedly are to the carpenter, they are useless to the planter. But if you have at heart the advancement of education, be less anxious concerning the trunks, and let it be your care that the roots should be extracted entire, even though a small portion of the soil should adhere to them ; so that at all events you may be able, by this means, both to review your scientific acquirements, remeasuring as it were the steps of your knowledge for your own satisfaction, and at the same time to transplant it into the minds of others, just as it grew in your own. (2.) For Matriculation. It seems frequently very strange to me, that men can be found senseless enough to suppose that the character of an orator can be supported by any one who is unacquainted with philosophy.

178 EXABIINATION PAPERS. For whereas such men are bound to confess that three things are requisite to be effected by an orator ; namely, to produce a belief of his statements in the minds of the audience ; to exercise an agreeable influence over them ; and to arouse such feelings in their minds as are properly adapted to the attainment of his object, I am disposed to think it is not possible to gain any one of these ends without the aid of philosophy. Will a man be likely to produce belief who has not in his mind and memory those sources delivered by philosophers, from which arguments for every kind of discussion are most abundantly derived? Who except the philosopher can claim the province of combining the forms of reasoning, and reducing the point to be proved within the cleverly limited conclusion, or of subtly quashing the objections urged by the opposite party? Nor truly can I see how any, except perhaps children, or men who are no better than children, are to be amused by an empty and unbalanced style of speaking. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. (One piece only required for 1. Translate into English Matriculation.) IUo bello Mariano atque Sullano, exceptis his qui foris in acie ceciderunt, in ipsa quoque urbe cadaveribus vici, plate», fora, theatra, templa completa sunt ; ut difficile judicaretur quando victores plus funerum ediderint, utrum prius ut vincerent, an postea quia vicissent ; cum primum victoria Mariana, quando de exilio se ipse restituit, exceptis passim quaquaversum cœdibus factis, caput Octavii consulis poneretur in rostris, Cœsar et Fimbria in domibus trucidarentur suis, duo Crassi pater et fil in ρ in

179 EXAMINATION PAPERS. conspectu niutuo mactarentur, Bebius et Numitorius unco tracti sparsis visceribus interirent, Catulus hausto veneno se manibus inimicorum subtraheret, Merula flamen Dialis prsecisis venis Jovi etiam suo sanguine litaret. In ipsis autem Marii oculis continuo feriebantur, quibus salutantibus dexteram porrigere noluisset. 2. Translate into English Quomodo autem id futurum sit, ne quis incredibile arbitretur, ostendam. In primis multiplicabitur regnum, et summa rerum potestas per plurimos dissipata et concisa minuetur. Tum discordias civiles serentur, nec ulla requies bellis exitialibus erit, dum exercitibus in immensum coactis, reges disperdent omnia et comminuent ; doñee adversus eos dux potentissimus a plebe orietur, et assumetur in societatem a ceeteris, et princeps omnium constituetur. Hic insustentabili dominatione vexabit orbem, divina et humana miscebit ; infanda dictu et execrabilia molietur ; nova consilia in pectore suo volutabit ut proprium sibi constituât imperium ; leges commutabit, et suas sanciet ; contaminabit, diripiet, spoliabit, occidet. Denique immutatis nominibus, et imperii sede translata, confusio ac perturbatio humani generis consequetur. Tum veré detestabile atque abominandum tempus existet, quo nulli hominum sit vita jucunda. 3. Translate into English Praetor ad portam nunc salutatur is qui in provinciam pro praetore aut pro consule exit. Cuius rei morem ait fuisse Cincius in libro de Consulum potestate talem. Albanos rerum potitos usque ad Tullum regem : Alba deinde diruta usque ad P. Decium Murem consulem, populos Latinos ad caput Oetentinae quod est sub monte Albano considere solitos, et imperium communi consilio administrare. Itaque quo anno Romanos imperatores ad exer-

180 EXAMINATION PAPERS. cituni mittere oporteret jussu nominis Latini, complures nostros in capitolio a sole oriente auspicias operara dare solitos. Ubi aves addixissent, militem illum qui a communi Latió missus esset, illum, quem aves addixerant, praetorem salutare solitum qui earn provinciam obtineret praetoris nomine. 4. Translate into English Quid enim est aut tarn admirabile, quam ex infinita multitudine hominum existere unum, qui id quod omnibus natura sit datum, vel solus, vel cum paucis faceré possit? aut tarn jucundum cognitu atque audita, quam sapientibus sententiis gravibusque verbis ornata oratio et perpolita? aut tarn potens tamque magnificum, quam populi motus, judicum religiones, senatus gravitatem, unius oratione converti? Quid porro tarn regium, tarn liberale, tarn munificum, quam opem ferre supplicibus, excitare adflictos, dare salutem, liberare periculis, retiñere homines in ciuitate? Quid autem tarn necessarium, quam tenere semper arma, quibus vel tectus ipse esse possis, vel provocare improbos, vel te ulcisci lacessitus? Age vero ne semper forum, subselha, rostra, curiamque meditere, quid esse potest in otio aut jucundius, aut magis proprium humanitatis, quam sermo facetus ac nulla in re rudis? Hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris, quod colloquimur inter nos et quod exprimere dicendo sensa possumus. Quamobrem quis hoe non iure miretur, summeque in eo elaborandum esse arbitretur, ut, quo uno homines maxime bestiis praestent, in hoc hominibus ipsis antecellat?

181 EXAMINATION PAPERS. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. (One piece only required for Matriculation.) Translate into English Quam mefcuis, démens, isto pro crimine pœnam Quo te fama loquax omnes accepit in annos? Condita laudabit Magni socer impius ossa. I modo securas veniœ, fassusque sepulcrum Posee caput. Cogit pietas imponere finem Officio. Semusta rapit, resolutaque nondum Ossa satis nervis, et inustis plena medullis ^Bquorea restinguit aqua, congestaque in unum Parva clausit humo. Tum ne levis aura retectos Auferret ciñeres, saxo compressit arenam : Nautaque ne bustum religato fune moveret, Inscripsit sacrum semusto stipite nomen : Hic.SITUS EST MAGNUS. Translate into English Livet Carinus, rumpitur, furit, plorat, Et quœrit altos, unde pendeat, ramos ; Non jam quod orbe cantor et legor toto, Nec umbilicis quod decoras et cedro Spargor per omnes, Roma quas tenet, gentes : Sed quod sub urbe rus habemus œstivum, Vehimurque mulis non, ut ante, conductas. Quid imprecabor, o Severe, liventi? Hoc opto ; muías habeat, et suburbanum. Translate into English Debemur morti nos nostraque ; sive receptus Terra Neptunus classes Aquilonibus arcet,

182 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Regis opus ; sterilisque diu palus aptaque remis Vicinas urbes alit, et grave sentit aratrum ; Seu cursum mutavit iniquum frugibus amnis, Docfcus iter melius ; mortalia facta peribunt ; Nedum sermonum stet honos, et gratia vivax. Multa renascentur quœ jam cecidere, cadentque Quse nunc sunt in honore vocabula, si volet usus, Quem penes arbitrium est et jus et norma loquendi. 4. Translate into English Quis fuit horrendos primus qui protulit enses? Quam ferus et veré ferreus ille fuit! Tunc cœdes homimim generi, tune prœlia nata ; Tunc brevior dirœ mortis aperta via est. At nihil ille miser meruit : nos ad mala nostra Vertimus in sœvas quod dédit ille feras. Divitis hoc vitium est auri : nec bella fuerunt, Faginus adstabat cum scyphus ante dapes ; Non arces, non vallus erat ; somnumque petebat Securus varias dux gregis inter oves. Tunc mihi vita foret, vulgi nec tristia nossem Arma, nec audîssem corde micante tubam! Nunc ad bella trahor ; et jam quis forsitan hostis Haasura in nostro tela gerit latere. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. 1. Translate into English ripowye 8ή, καϊ σκόττει άμα οπού καθιζησόμεθα. Όραζ ονν βκΐίνην την ύψηχοτάτην πλάτανον ; Τι μην ; h

183 EXAMINATION PAPEES., Εκεΐ σκιά τ εστί καϊ πνεύμα μέτριον, καϊ ποα καθίζεσθαι, η èàv βουχώμεθα, κατακχιθήναι. Προάγοις αν. Είπε μοι, ω ϋώκρατες, ουκ ενθένδε μέντοι πόθεν άπο του ΊΧισσού Χετγεται ό Βορεας την 'Ω,ρείθυιαν άρπάσαι ; Λέγεται γάρ. Ύ Λρ' ουν ενθένδε ; γαρίεντα γούν καϊ καθαρά καϊ διάφανη τα ύδάτια φαίνεται, καϊ επιτήδεια κόραις παίζειν παρ' αυτά. Ουκ άχχά κάτωθεν όσον δύ, ή τρία στάδια, προς το της "Αγρας διαβαίνομεν και πού τις έστι βωμός αυτόθι Βορέου. Ου πάνυ νενόηκα. άχχ' είπε προς Διός, ω ΊΖώκρατες συ τούτο το μυθοχόγημα πείθει άχηθες είναι ; 2. Translate into English Είσί τίνες ο'ί μέγα φρονοΰσιν, ην υπόθεσιν άτοπον καϊ παράδοξον ποιησάμενοι περϊ ταύτης άνεκτώς ειπείν δυνηθώσι καϊ καταγεγηράκασιν οι μεν ου φάσκοντες οίον τ είναι -ψευδή Χέγειν ούδ' άντιχέγειν ούδε δύο Χόγω περϊ των αυτών πραγμάτων άντειπεΐν, οι δε διεξιόντες ως άνδρία καϊ σοφία καϊ δικαιοσύνη ταύτόν εστί, καϊ φύσει μεν ουδέν αυτών εγομεν, μία δ επιστήμη καθ" απάντων εστίν αχχοι δε περϊ τας έριδας διατρίβουσι τας ούδεν μεν ώφεχούσας, πράτγματα δε παρέγειν τοίς πχησιάζουσι δυναμένας. εγω δ' et μεν εώρων νεωστϊ την περιερ- <γίαν ταύτην εν τοις Χόγοις εγγεγενημένην καϊ τούτους επϊ τ!} καινότητι τών εύρημένων φιχοτιμουμένους, ουκ αν ομοίως εθαυμαξον αυτών νυν δε τις εστίν ούτως όψιμαθής όστις ουκ οιδε Πρωτατγόραν καϊ τους κατ" εκείνον τον -χρονον γενομένους^ σοφιστάς, ότι καϊ τοιαύτα καϊ ποχυ τούτων πραγματωδέστερα συγγράμματα κατεχιπον ημίν ; 3. Translate into English Δεϊ σκοπειν τους γονείς, ουκ 'όπως τους παϊδας εν άργυρίω

184 EXAMINATION PAPERS. και χρύσω πλουσίους ποιησωσιν, άλλ' 'όπως èv ευλάβεια, και φιλοσοφία, και τη κτήσει της αρετής πάντων yévoivt âv ευπορώτεροι όπως μη ποχλών Βεοιντο όπως μη περί τα βιωτικα και τάς νεωτερικάς επιθυμίας ωσιν επτοημενοι. Και τας εισόδους αυτών και τας εξόβους μετά ακριβείας περιερηάζεσθαι χρη τας Βιατριβας, τας συνουσίας είβότες οτι τούτων άμελουμενων ούβεμίαν εξουσι παρά τω Θεώ σνγγνώμην. Ei <yàp των αχχων προνοίας άπαιτουμεθα τας εύθυνας (έκαστος γαρ μη το εαυτού ξητείτω, φησιν, άλλα το έτερου ) πόσω μάχχον της των παιβών ; Ζύ Be, όπως μεν ίππος γένοιτο κάλος αύτοίς και οικία Χαμπρα και ποχυτεχης νγρος πάντα ποιείς και πραηματεΰγ όπως Βε ψυχή καλή και προαίρεσις ευσεβής ουβενα έχεις λόγοι/. Καίτοι τα μεν κτήματα καν ποχχα η καί ποχυτεχή, του Βυναμενου μετά αρετής αυτά οίκονομείν ουκ οντος σπουβαίου, πάντα άποχεΐται και οίχήσεται μετ αύτοΰ αν Be ή ψυχή γενναία ηενηται και φιλόσοφος, καν μηβεν ενβον άποκείμενον f, τα πάντων Βυνήσεται μετά άβείας σχείν. 4. Translate into English ΠοΧυμαθίη κάρτα μεν ώφελεει, κάρτα Βε βλάπτει τον έχοντα ώφελεει μεν τον Βεξιον ανβρα, βλάπτει Βε τον ρηϊβίως φωνεΰντα παν έπος και εν παντϊ Βημω. Χρη Βε καιρού μέτρα είβεναι σοφίης <γάρ ούτος ορός ο'ί Βε εξω καιρού ρήσιν μουσικήν πεπνυμενως άείσωσιν, ου παραβεχονται εν άργίη ηνώμην, αίτίην δ' εχουσι μωρίας. MATRICULATION AJSTD SCHOLARSHIPS. 1. Translate into English Ta χρήματ άνθρώποισιν ευρίσκει φίλους, αύθις Βε τιμάς, είτα της υπέρτατης

185 EXAMINATION PAPERS. τυραννικός θακοΰσιν αίσχίστην εβραν. έπειτα δ' ουδείς εχθρός ούτε φύεται προς χρήμαθ', οϊ τε φύντες αρνούνται στυηείν. Βεινος yàp ερπειν πλούτος ες τε ταβατα και προς τα βατά, χωπόθεν πένης άνηρ μηβ εντυχών Βύναιτ αν ων ερα τυχείν. και yàp ΒυσειΒες σώμα και Βυσώνυμον γχωσση σοφον τίβησαι εύμορφόν τ ίβεΐν. μόνω Βε χαίρειν και νοσείν εξουσία πάρεστιν αύτώ κάπικρύψασθαι κακά. 2. Translate into English Hexameters Ώς Βε τ' οβύρεται όρνις επϊ σφετεροισι νεοσσοίς ΧΧυμενοις, ους τ αίνος όφις ετι νηπιάχοντας θάμνοις εν πυκινδισι κατεσθίει ή Βε κατ αυτούς πωτάται, κχάζουσα μάλα \ι<γύ πότνια μήτηρ, ούβ αρ έχει τεκνοισιν επαρκεσαι η yàp οι αυτί) ασσον ϊμεν μεηα τάρβος άμειχίκτοιο πεχώρον * ίΐς èyù), αίνοτόκεια, φίχον τόκον αίαζουσα, μαινόμενοισι πόβεσσι Βόμον κάτα ποχχον εφοίτων. Ώς y' δφεχον μετά παισιν, άμα θνησκουσα και αύτη, κείσθαι, φαμακόεντα Bi ήπατος ϊον εχοισα, "Αρτεμι θηχυτερησι μέ^/α κρείουσα yuvaiçi. 3. Translate into Latin Elegiacs Ούκ εθανες, Πρώτη, μετέβης δ' ες αμεινονα χώρον, Και ναίεις μακάρων νήσους θαχιτ] ενι ποχχτ}, "Ενθα κατ, ΗΧυσίων πεβίων σκιρτώσα yεyηθaς "Ανθεσιν*εν μαχακοΐσι, κακών εκτοσθεν απάντων Ου χειμων Χυπεί σ, ού καύμ ού νούσος ενοχχεΐ, Ού πεινάς, ού Βί^ος έχεις αλλ' ούβε ποθεινος 1 Ανθρώπων eri σοι βίοτος ζώεις yàp άμεμπτως Aύyaîς εν καθαραισιν ΌΧύμπου πχησίον όντος.

186 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 4. Translate into Latin Iamb. Trim, (comic) or English Iambic blank verse "A v oh ë-χρμεν τοΰτοισι μηδέ γρώμεθα, "A δ' ουκ ε-χρμεν ζητώμ ν, ων μεν Sià τυχήν τ ί2ν δε SL εαυτούς έσόμεθ' στερημένοι Ei δ' ευτυχών TÎÇ και βίον κεκτημένος ΜηΒεν δ' όμως Tt των καχων ττεψάσεται,, E<yà> μεν αύτον ουττοτ ολ,βιον κα\ώ, ΦνΚακα δε μαλχον χρημάτων εύδαίμονα. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. 1. Translate into Latin Elegiacs Queen of fragrance, lovely rose, The beauties of tliy leaves disclose, The winter's past, the tempests fly, Sof gales breathe gently thro' the sky ; The lark sweet warbling on the wing Salutes the gay return of spring, The silver dews, the vernal showers, Call forth a blooming waste of flowers. 2. Translate into Greek Tragic Trimiter Iambics Thou glorious minister of the Power I serve! (For thou art more than mortal,) is'fc for me, Poor sinner, thou art pleased awhile to leave Thy heavenly habitation, and vouchsafest, Though glorified, to take my servant's habit!

187 EXAMINATION PAPEES. For, put off thy divinity, so look'd My lovely Angelo know, I am the same ; And still the servant to your piety. 3. Translate into Latin Hexameters Now was the hour that wakens fond desire In men at sea, and melts their thoughtful heart, Who in the morn have bid sweet friends farewell ; And pilgrim newly on his road with love Thrills if he hear the vesper bell from far, That seems to mourn for the expiring day : When I no longer taking heed to hear, Began with wonder from those spirits to mark One risen from its seat, which with its hand Audience implored. Both palms it join'd and raised, Fixing its stedfast gaze toward the east, As telling God, " I care for nought beside." MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS Reduce to its lowest terms Find the value of "3375 of a sovereign, and reduce the result to the decimal of 7 shillings. 3. Find the number of gallons in a cubical cistern, whose edges are each 5 ft. 8 in. long, reckoning 272 cubic inches to the gallon. 4. Explain the difference between Interest and Discount. Find the interest on s. 4d. for 3f years at 7\ per cent.

188 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 5. Define the expression a m where misa positive integer. Prove that α"? χ a '= a m + n, m and η being positive integers. 6. Find the Greatest Common Measure of 27a? - 1 and 3¾ 3 - a; 2 + 3a Solve the equations Bx _ 2a; <- 2 4 ~ 1 ~ T ~~ Ii + 2 _ =, » 4 χ 8 3α = 10». 8. Find a number, such that if it be increased by 10, fiveeights of the result will exceed half the original number by Define a right angle, parallel straight lines, and a parallelogram. 10. From a given point draw a straight line equal to a given straight line, explaining each step in the construction by reference to a postulate or preceding proposition. 11. Prove that any two sides of a triangle are together greater than the third side. By means of this proposition, shew that the four sides of a parallelogram are greater than the two diagonals. 12. Parallelograms upon equal bases and between the same parallels are equal to one another.

189 EXAMINATION PAPERS. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. 1. Simplify the expression ι and find the value of. to four places of decimals. V State the Algebraical principle involved in the Double Rule of Three. If 20 men can do a piece of work in 24 days, working 4 \ hours a day ; how many can do the same work in 20 days, working 6 hours a day? 3. Find the income arising from the investment of 2040 in 5 per cent.- government debentures at 10Of, the broker charging \\ per cent. 4. If α, β be the roots of the quadratic x 2 px + q = o, prove that a + β = ρ, aß = q. Hence shew that if the co-efficients are real, the roots must be either both real or both imaginary. Form the equation whose roots are 1 + ν Solve the equations O) » - 2 ÍB χ * , CB3-1, a; KPJ x - 1 χ + 1 (7) C x 2 xy = 24 \xy y 2 = 20 '

190 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 6. When are a series of quantities said to be in Arithmetical Progression? If the number of terms be odd, prove that the sum of the first and last terms is equal to twice the middle term. 7. Expand to four terms by the Binomial Theorem each of the expressions ^l - x, ( 1 \ 2m and write down the middle term of I «I. 8. Prove that the three angles of any triangle are together equal to two right angles, and that the interior angles of every rectilinear figure together with four right angles are equal to twice as many right angles as the figure has sides. 9. If a straight line be divided into two equal and also into two unequal parts, the rectangle contained by the unequal parts, together with the square of the intermediate part, is equal to the square of half the given line. Hence shew that the rectangle contained by the sum and difference of two straight lines, is equal to the difference between their squares described on them. 10. The opposite angles of any quadrilateral figure inscribed in a circle are together equal to two right angles. If a side of the quadrilateral be produced, shew that the exterior angle is equal to the interior opposite angle. 11. Inscribe an equilateral and equiangular pentagon in a given circle. ι

191 EXAMINATION PAPERS. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. SECOND TEAR. EUCLID. 1. Give Euclid's definitions of (1.) A straight line perpendicular to another straight line. (2.) Similar rectilinear figures. With respect to (1) it is usually assumed that the second straight line is perpendicular to the first. How does this appear? Shew that in (2) more is laid down than is necessary. 2. If a side of a triangle he produced, the exterior angle is greater than either of the interior opposite angles. 3. Equal triangles on the same hase, and on the same side of it, are between the same parallels. If the sides AB, AC of the triangle ABC be produced to D and E respectively, so that BD = AB and CE = AC, the straight line joining D and E shall be parallel to BC. 4. In an obtuse angled triangle, the square on the side subtending the obtuse angle is greater than the squares on the sides containing that angle by twice the rectangle under either of those sides, and the line intercepted between the obtuse angle and the foot of the perpendicular from the opposite angle upon that side produced. Is the triangle, whose sides are 2, 3, 4 inches respectively, obtuse angled or not? 5. Draw a straight line touching a given circle from a given point, without it. AB are the centres of two given circles which do not cut

192 EXAMINATIOK PAPERS. one another, 0 is a point in AB such that the tangents from it to the two circles are equal to one another. Shew that the difference between the squares on OA and OB is equal to the difference between tbe squares on the radii of the two circles. 6. Two chords are drawn in a circle, one of which passes through the centre and cuts the other at an oblique angle. Prove that the rectangles under their segments are equal. 7. Describe an isosceles triangle having each of the angles at the base double the third angle. Shew that the common chord of the two circles in the figure is equal to the base of the triangle. 8. Prove that if four quantities are proportional according to the Algebraical definition, they will always satisfy the Geometrical test. 9. If four magnitudes of the same kind be proportional, they are also proportional when taken alternately. 10. Equal parallelograms which have an angle in each equal, have the sides about the equal angles reciprocally proportional. 11. Describe a rectilinear figure, which shall be equal to one and similar to another given rectilinear figure. 12. QM is a perpendicular from any point Q of a circle upon the tangent at any other point P. PN is drawn perpendicular to the diameter through Q. Shew that PM = PN. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. SECOND YEAR. AEITHMETIO AND ALGEBRA. 1. What is meant by the multiplication of one vulgar fraction by another?

193 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Assuming the rules for multiplying and dividing a fraction by an integer, shew that a, c ac x = a, h, c, and d being whole numbers. b d bd. 2. The length of a room is 18 ft. Ί\ in., the breadth 11 ft. 4 in., and the height 10 ft. 6 in. Find the quantity of paper, ths of a yard wide, sufficient to cover the four walls. 3. Extract the square root of 5 to 5 places of decimals, and deduce the value of V-5 ' 4. To 10 gallons of spirit containing 64 per cent, of alcohol are added 6 gallons containing 56 per cent. Find the per centage of alcohol in the mixture. 5. What is meant by the Greatest Common Measure of two or more Algebraical quantities? Find the G.C.M. of x 2-7x + 12, 2¾ 2-12¾ + 18, and 2* 2 - hx Prove that ξ/^ζ = (V~ )" and V^ = η and ρ being positive integers. 7. Solve the following equations V V^' 3¾ 2 - éx = y/(bx - 1) (ÍB - 1) - 1, να + ίϋ+ va œ = m{ va + χ va χ). 8. When is one quantity said to vary as another? Shew that if A varies as each of the quantities B, C, and D, it will vary as B + C + D, and as VBCD.

194 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 9. Find the sum of a series of terms in Geometrical Progression, having given the first term, common ratio, and number of terms. How many terms of the seríes 1, 3, 9, &c, must be taken so that the sum may be 364? 10. Prove that the number of combinations of η things taken r together is equal to the number when η r are taken together. 11. Assuming the form of the developement of η simple factors (x + a), (x + V), (x + c), &c, deduce the Binomial Theorem for the case of positive integral values of the index. Prove that the sum of the co-efficients in the expansion of (a. + x)" is 2". MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. THIED TEAK. TRIGONOMETRY AND ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. 1. Define the secant and tangent of an angle, and prove that sec 2 A tan 2 A = I. Find the value of sec 60 and tan Express Sin A in terms of Sin 2A, and shew why four values may be expected a priori. Prefix the proper signs to the radicals when 2A lies between 270 and 360.

195 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 3. Assuming that if θ be the circular measure of an angle 0 3 Sin θ is intermediate in value to θ and θ -τ, explain the process by which a table of natural sines and cosines may be calculated. How is the calculation carried on for the sines of angles greater than 60? 4. Two sides and the contained angle of a plane triangle being given, shew how to determine the remaining parts. Given a = 2, δ = 18, C = 65, find A and B, log 2 = ; L cot 32 30' = ; L tan 51 28, = ; L tan 51 29' = Assuming the exponential expressions for sin θ and cos & shew that θ = tan θ tan 3 Θ + i tan 5 Θ &c. To what important use is this series applied? 6. Shew how to find the characteristic of the logarithm of any whole number or decimal, the base being 10. And point out how it is that the tables calculated to base 10 are less bulky than any other tables. In what other respect have these tables a great advantage over others? 7. Expand log a ( 1 + χ ) in a series of powers of x. 8. Define the terms " equation to a curve " and " locus of an equation." Find the equation to the straight line in terms of the intercepts, the axes being rectangular, and deduce the equation in the form χ cos a + y sin -a = p. 9. Find the length of the perpendicular drawn from a given point!b 1^, to the straight line y = mx + c, and shew how the proper sign is to be selected. 10. Define a tangent to a circle and find its equation in terms of the co-ordinates of the point of contact, the centre being the origin.

196 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Prove analytically that the tangent at any point makes right angles with the diameter through that point. 11. Define a parabola. Find the equation to.the normal at the point X 1 y, of the parabola, if = 4 ax ; and prove that if the normal cut the axis in G, and N be the foot of the ordinate y t, N" Gr = 2a. 12. Draw the curves whose equations are respectively 2x + 3y = 6 χ = 3 (x - I) 2 + (y - 2)» = 0 x 1 + y 2 + 3x 2y = 0 x 1 4>ay. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. THIRD TEAE. ARITHMETIC, ALGEBRA, AND EUCLID. 1. The length of the hypothenuse of a right angled isosceles triangle is 139 yards 5 inches. Shew that its area is very nearly an acre. Is it possible to express exactly by any whole number or fraction the number of inches in a side of a square, whose area is an acre? 2. Define a root of an equation, and express the conditions that the roots of the equation x 2 + px + q = o may be (1) real and unequal ; (2) real and equal ; (3) imaginary ; (4) both positive ; (5) both negative ; (6) of unlike signs.

197 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 3. Find the Arithmetical and Geometrical means between a and b, and shew that the former is always greater than the latter. 4. If 1 + TOO! + m ' ( m ~ 1^ * 2 + &c. = / (m), for all 1.2 values of m, shew that/ (m) χ / (TO) = / (m +TO), the Binomial Theorem being assumed for positive integral values of the index. Deduce the Binomial Theorem for the case of negative integral values of the sides. 5. Explain the principle of Indeterminate Co-efficients, and apply it to resolve into its partial fractions. (a b) (b c) (o it) (œ α) (χ V) (χ c) 6. Prove that no Algebraical formula can represent prime munbers only. Shevv that every prime number greater than 3 is of one of the forms 6m + 1 or 6m If a sum of money P be put oat at interest for TO years at 10Or per cent, per annum, find the amount in each of the three cases of simple interest, compound interest payable yearly, and compound interest payable quarterly. 8. If two triangles have two sides of the one equal to two sides of the other, each to each, but the angle contained by the two sides of the one greater than the angle contained by the two sides equal to them of the other, then the base of the one which has the greater angle shall be greater than the base of the other. 9. If a straight line be divided into any two parts, the squares of the whole line and one of the parts are equal to twice the rectangle contained by the whole line and that part together with the square of the other part.

198 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 10. Shew that a straight line cannot cut a circle in more than two points. 11. Describe a circle which shall pass through three given points in a plane. 12. If the vertical angle of a triangle be bisected by a straight line which also cuts the base, the segments of the base shall have the same ratio to one another which the sides of the triangle have. If the side BC of a triangle ABC be bisected in D, and the angles ADB, ADC be bisected by the lines DE, DF, meeting AB, AC in E, F, respectively, shew that EF is parallel to BC. B. A. ADDITIONAL PAPEES POE HONOES, IN CLASSICS, No. I. I. Multas res simitu in meo corde vorso, multum in cogitando Dolorem indipiscor : egomet me concoquo, et macero, et defatigo. Magister mihi exercitor animus hinc est : sed hoc non liquet, Nee satis cogitatum est, utram potius harum mihi artem expetessam, Utram sstati agundœ arbitrer firmiorem : amorin' me, an rei Obsequi potius par siet : utra in parte plus voluptatis sit vitse, Ad setatem agundam : de hac re mihi satis haud liquet : nisi hoc j

199 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Sic faciam opinor : utramque rem simul exputem : judex sim, Reusque ad earn rem : ita faciam! ita placet! omnium primum Amoris artes loquav, quemadmodum expédiant : nunquam Amor quenquam nisi cupidum hominem postulat se in plagas Conjicere : eos cupit, eos consectatur, ßubdole blanditur : ab re Oonsulit blandiloquentulus, harpago, mendax, cupes, avarus, Elegans, despoliator, latebricolarum hominum corruptor, Blandus, inops, celati indagator : nam qui ab eo, quod amat, Quam extemplo saviis sagittatis percussus est, illico res foras Labitur, liquitur. Da mihi hoc, mel meum, si me amas, si audes. Ibi illi cuculus : Ocelle mi, fiat! et istuc, et si amplius vis dari, Dabitur : ibi illa pendentem ferit : jam amplius orat : non sat Id est mali, ni amplius etiam, quod ebibit, quod comest, Quod facit sumti : nox datur? ducitur familia tota ; Vestispicas, unctor, auri custos, flabelliferaœ, sandaligerulse, Cantricis, cistellatricis, nuntii, renuntii, raptores pañis et peni. Pit ipse, dum Ulis comis est, inops amator : hase ego cum ago Cum meo animo, et recoló, ubi qui eget, quam pretii sit parvi ; apage te, Amor! non places : nihil te utor : quanquam illud est dulce, esse et bibere. II. P. Nisi hercle defregeritis talos, posthac quemque in tegulis Videritis alienum ; ego vostra faciam latera lorea. Mihi quidem jam arbitri vicini sunt, mese quid fiat domi.

200 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Ita per impluvium intro spectant : nunc adeo edico omnibus, Quemque a milite hoc videritis hominem in nostris tegulis, Extra unum Palsestrionem, hue deturbatote in viam. Quod ille gallinam, aut columbam se sectari, aut simiam Dicat, disperistis ni usque ad mortem male mulcassitis. Atque adeo, ut ne legi fraudem faciant Talariee, Accuratote, ut sine talis domi agitent convivium. PAL. Nescio quid malefactum a nostra huic familia est, quantum audio : Ita hie senex talos elidi jussit conservis meis. Sed me excepit : nihilo facio, quid illis faciat ceteris. Aggrediar hominem : estne advorsum? est quasi collaturus pedem. Quid agis, Periplectomene? haud multos homines, si optandum fuerit, Nunc videre et convenire, quam te, mavellem. Quid est? Quid negotii est? P. Res palam est. PAL. Quee res palam est? P. De tegulis Modo nescio quis inspectavit vostrorum familiarium Per nostrum impluvium intus apud nos Philocomasium atque hospitem Osculantes. PAL. Quis homo vidit? P. Tuus conservos est. PAL. Quis is homo est? P. Nescio, ita abripuit repente sese subito. PAL. Suspicor Me periisse. P. Ubi abiit, conclamo : heus quid agis tu, inquam, in tegulis? Ule, mihi abiens ita respondit, se sectari simiam.

201 EXAMINATION PAPERS. No. IT. ARISTOTLE'S ETHICS vn. x. PLATO'S PHILEBUS. 1. How is the 7th book of the Ethics connected with the preceding? What is the meaning of ηρωική αρετή and θηριοτης? 2. Give in detail Aristotle's answer to the question, " How is it possible to sin against knowledge? Set out his logical formula for an act of άκρασία and εγκράτεια. 3. Shew that the ίσγυρογνώμα,ν is not really εμμενετικος Ty δόξτ], but εκστατικός TÎJÇ αληθούς δόξης. 4. Shew clearly the place of φιλία in Aristotle's system ; especially its relation to the theory of δικαιοσύνη as given in the 5th Book. 5. Give and explain the definition of φιλία. What is meant by saying that the essence of φιλία is ίσότης, of δικαιοσύνη, άνισοτης? 6. The friendship δίά το ηδύ, and that δια το συμφέρον, (1) are not wrong, but imperfect φιλίαι. (2) How do they illustrate the maxim that human society ytyvetai του ζην ένεκα, εστί δε του ευ ζην. 7. In unequal friendship why does the superior love more than the inferior? Shew that he actually receives more. 8. What has ηδονή to do with ευδαιμονία? 9. State fully and contrast the definitions of pleasure, by Aristotle and Plato, as ανεμπόδιστος ενέργεια, and κατάστασις εις φύσιν. Shew in what sense Plato's account of pure pleasures

202 EXAMINATION PAPERS. as " τα? êvseiai αναίσθητους 'έγουσαι καϊ àxwrov<; τα? αναπ\ηρώσ ΐ<;Γ is true and reconcileable with Aristotle. 10. Explain Plato's distinction of mined and pure pleasures ; and write out his classification of each. 11. Explain Plato's hierarchy of άηαθά. Ko. III. 1. Translate into Latin Elegiacs Ai, Damon, dear Shepherd, adieu! By love and first nature allied, Together in fondness we grew ; Ah, would we together had died! For thy faith, which resembles my own, For thy soul, which was spotless and true, For the joys we together have known, Ah, Damon, dear Shepherd, adieu! 2. Translate into Greek Tragic Trimeter Iambics How-sweet the moon light sleeps upon this bank! Here will we sit, and let the sounds of music Creep in our ears ; soft stillness and the night Become the touches of sweet harmony. Sit Jessica ; look how the floor of heaven Is thick inlaid with patines of bright gold ; There's not the smallest orb which thou beholds't, Still quiring to the young eyed cherubims.

203 EXAMINATION PAPERS. ADDITIONAL PAPERS FOR HONOES, IN MATHEMATICS. No. I. 1. Find the resultant of two parallel forces. Explain the case when the forces are equal and opposite. 2. Explain what is meant by the centre of gravity of a body ; and shew that every body has such a point. A body is suspended by a string ; shew that its centre of gravity lies in the same straight line as the string. 3. Find the conditions of equilibrium of a body acted upon by any number of forces in one plane. A heavy uniform rod is placed with one end in a smooth hemispherical cup ; find the position of equilibrium. Find the limiting length of the rod in order that equilibrium may be possible. 4. A circular lamina of weight W has attached to its circumference a weight P, and is placed with its plane vertical on a rough inclined plane. Find the position of equilibrium, sliding being supposed impossible. If W be the weight of the lamina, P that of the attached weight, and a the angle of inclination of the plane to the horizontal ; shew that the least value of P which will render equilibrium possible is W Sin q 1 Sin a 5. Explain what is meant by the co-efficient of friction. A particle is placed upon a parabola, having its axis vertical ; find the Hmiting position of equilibrium, the co-efficient of friction being p. 6. Explain the construction of the common balance. Find

204 EXAMINATION PAPEES. the angle of inclination of the beam when unequal weights are placed in the scales. 7. State and explain the parallelogram of velocities. 8. If a particle move from rest in time t through a space s, under the action of a force / ; shew that s=\ft*. If there be an initial velocity u in the direction of the force, shew that s = ut + \ft*... A particle is projected vertically upwards with a velocity of 64 feet per second ; find how far it will rise, and its velocity at the end of one second ; the force of gravity being Two weights 2 P and P are attached to the extremities of a string which passes over of a smooth pulley. Find how far the larger weight will descend in t seconds. 10. A particle projected in any direction which is not vertical, and acted upon by the force of gravity only, will describe a parabola. Find the horizontal range of a particle projected at an angle of 60, with a velocity of 30 feet per second. 11. How is it proved that the earth is approximately spherical, and revolves about the sun? 12. Why do the fixed stars preserve the same apparent relative positions, although the earth describes an orbit whose diameter is nearly two hundred millions of miles? 13. Explain generally the moon's motion, and account for her phases. 14. Shew that the inequality in the lengths of day and night are occasioned by the inclination of the equator to the ecliptic. 15. Explain the cause of lunar eclipses, and shew why they do not occur every month.

205 EXAMINATION PAPERS. No. II. 1. Shew a priori that the equation Ax + By + G = o represents a straight line. Find the condition in order that this line may touch a circle whose equation is x 2 + y 2 = a Find the equation to the tangent to the parabola in terms of m, the tangent of its angle of inclination to the axes of x. * Investigate an equation for determining the values of m when the tangent passes through a given point Qb, h.) Hence find- the locus of the point of intersection of two tangents at right angles to one another. 3. Shew that the sum of the focal distances of any point in - an ellipse is equal to the axis major ; and that the normal at the point bisects the angle between them. 4. Find the locus of the middle points of a system of parallel chords in an ellipse ; and explain what is meant by a pair of conjugate diameters. 5. Prove that the area of a parallelogram, whose sides touch an ellipse at the extremities of a pair of conjugate diameters, is less than that of any parallelogram whose sides touch the ellipse at the extremities of diameters, which are not conjugate. 6. Shew that the lines, whose equations are b y - ± χ a are asymptotes to the hyperbola whose equation is a?- - - Ψ χ 2 = - α 2 b 2, and also to the conjugate hyperbola.

206 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 7. Write down the equation to the hyperbola referred to its asymptotes as axes, and find the equation to the tangent at a given point, referred to the same axes. 8. Trace the curve whose equation is x - 1 y 2 = x 2 J x + l 9. Define the term differential co-efficient ; and from the definition find the differential co-efficients of χ x H, sin, y χ + a. a 10. If y = f (ζ), ζ = φ (χ) ; find the differential co-efficient of y with respect to». Differentiate the following expressions χ as 3 (ÍB 3 a 2 ) sin, β" Io s *, log tan. a a? 11. Prove Taylor's Theorem. 12. Shew how to find the values of χ which make y a maximum or a minimum, y being a given function of x. 13. Apply the differential calculus to the solution of the following problem. A straight line is drawn through a point (¾, 7c), and terminated by the co-ordinate axes. Find its position in order that its length may be the least possible, and shew that the least length is ( Iv + Ja ) "2". 14. Find the equation to the straight line touching a given curve, at a given point. Ex. Find the equation to the tangent to the curve whose equation is œs -f iß = ai in terms of the co-ordinates (x' y 1 ) of the point of contact. k

207 EXAMINATION PAPERS. No. III. 1. Shew that if a. be prime to b, but be divisible by a, then c is divisible by a. Deduce the rule for finding the least common multiple of two numbers. 2. Under what conditions is there one finite solution of the equations ax + by = c a,x + b,y = C Solve the equation ax 2 + bx + c = o, and find what the roots become (1) when... c = o (2) 6= o (3) a= o. 4. Solve the equations x 2 xij 2¾/ 2 = 5 ") a; 2 xy = 3 2x + */H?~ a 2 2x V^ 2K V'x 2 a 2 2x + V» 2 a 2 5. The sum of η terms of an Arithmetical Progression is an 2 + bn, where η is any positive integer ; find the first term and the common difference. 6. Explain the rule for finding the cube root of a quantity of the form α + ν b, and find the conditions under which the root may be found under the same form, a and b being rational quantities. Ex y2.

208 r = a tan 2 ( «-! ) EXAMINATION PAPERS.?. Determine tan A in terms of tan 2 A, and explain the double result. Apply the formula to the case when 2 A = Two tangents, inclined to one another at an angle 2 a, are drawn to circle of radius a. A circle of radius r is described touching the two tangents and the given circle externally ; shew that 9. Shew that all angles having the same cosine as the angle a, are expressed by the formula 2 η 7Γ + a, η being any integer. 10. Prove the formula, a 2 a* cos a= 1 - Γ2 + YJj 1 + a being the circular measure of an angle. values of α? Write down the series for cos Prove that Is this true for all 2Cosö = e Ö y e - ^ - 1 2, / - 1 S i = / 7 " 1 - e - Deduce the formula θ = tan θ tan i tan 5 θ - e y ~ l 12. Expand Cos" θ in terms of cosines of multiples of Θ, η being a positive even integer. Ex. Cos 6 Θ. 13. Find θ from the equation Sin g Cos (β + θ) _ Sin β Cos (α + θ) tan β tan α

209 APPENDIX IL REPORT OF THE UNIVERSITY OE SYDNEY, FOR THE ÏEAR ENDED 31sT DECEMBER, The Senate of the University of Sydney, in compliance with the provisions of the 22nd clause of the Act of Incorporation, 14 Vic, No. 31, have the honor to submit, for the information of the Governor and Executive Council, the following Report of their Proceedings during the year Nine Students were admitted to Matriculation, after having passed the statutory examination. 3. Mr. F. Wilson, of St. Catherine's Hall, Cambridge, was admitted as an undergraduate Member of the University, under the By-Law (cl. 24,) relating to " admission ad eundem statum." 4. The following Students having passed the examination for the B.A. Degree in December, were declared entitled to that Degree, viz. : Alfred Broughton. Hugh Callachor. Henry C. Colyer. Ernest B. Docker. Samuel W. Griffith. Matthew Harris. Patrick J. Healy. James Houison.

210 EEPORT. Alfred Johnston. William Lynch. Patrick B. Macnamara. John Meillon. Charles Stuart Mein. Charles Edward R. Murray. Daniel P. Quirk. John N. Quirk. 5. The following Degrees were conferred : MASTERS OP AETS. The Reverend William Henry Savigny, B.A., Oxford, Warden of St. Paul's College, admitted to examination under the By-Law relating to Bachelors of Arts of British Universities (clause 38) Walter Allen, Sydney. William P. Cowlishaw, J. Garland, Frederick H. Quaife, Robert S. Willis BACHELORS OF ARTS. Andrew Bowman. Edward Bowman. Cecil Bedford Stephen. 6. The following were the successful Candidates for Scholarships during the year, viz. : THE " COOPER " SCHOLARSHIP (for Proficiency in Classical Literature) : Samuel W. Griffith. THE " BARKER " SCHOLARSHIP (for Proficiency in Mathematical Science) : Samuel W. Griffith.

211 REPORT. THE " DEAS-THOMSON " SCHOLARSHIP (for Proficiency in Physical Science) : Charles Edward R. Murray. GENERAL UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS : Third r Samuel W. Griffith. year : < Charles E. E. Murray. v. Charles S. Mein. c, f Arthur Allen. Second year : -! I Robert Smith. r Frederick Mate. First year : < Alfred Cape. v. Lucius O'Brien, (Levey.) 7. The University Prizes were awarded as follows : WENTWORTH MEDAL (English Ernest B. Docker. Essay): SIR CHARLES NICHOLSON'S MEDAL (Latin Samuel W. Griffith. PROP. WOOLLEÏ'S MEDAL (Greek Samuel W. Griffith. J. Houison Accessit. Iambics): Hexameters): 8. Sir Charles Nicholson having resigned his office as Chancellor, in consequence of his departure from the Colony, the Honorable Francis Lewis Shaw Merewether, B.A., was elected in his room. 9. The Honorable Edward Deas-Thomson, C.B., was at the same time elected Vice-Chancellor. 10. The Code of By-Laws for the management of the University, was revised and amended by the Senate, and assented to by the Governor and Executive Council. A copy is appended to this Report.

212 KEPORT. 11. The grant of 5000 made by the Legislature in 1861, has enabled the Senate to complete the exterior of the present building, and to render the whole of the interior available for use, with the exception of two rooms, not immediately required. A portion of the building has been fitted up as a residence for Professor -Woolley. 12. Mr. Thomas Sutcliffe Mort has signified his intention to place at the disposal of the Senate the sum of Three Hundred Guineas, to be awarded on Commemoration day, 1865, to the Graduate (not being taken over 25 years of age, nor having resided in England since his 18th year) who shall, on that day, be declared to have attained the highest Honors in this University in the course of his Academic career. This sum is to be expended in visiting England, and, if possible, the Continent of Europe. The recipient is bound on his return, to present to the University, to be placed amongst its archives, a History of his Tour, with a special reference to the. Esthetical or Mechanical and Engineering Arts. 13. A sum of 445 being the surplus of the fund subscribed for his Statue, and placed at his disposal by the Subscribers, has been presented by Mr. William Charles Wentworth, for the foundation of a Fellowship. This sum is required to be invested, until the amount shall, in the opinion of the Senate, be sufficient to found a Travelling Fellowship, the holder of which will be bound to travel for three years in England and the Continent of Europe, and to present on his return a narrative of his Tour, with remarks on the objects of Literary and Scientific interest, to which his observation may have been directed. 14. Appended is an account of the Receipts and Expenditure of the University during the year.

213 ACCOUNT OF THE RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY, From the 1st January to the 31st December, R E C E I P T S. ENDOWMENT FUND. Received amount of Endowment from Government, under Act of Incorporation,, Lecture and other Fees from Students, after paying Professors their shares...,, for Pasturage,, Interest on Investments in Government Debentures, on account of Scholarships under Private Foundations...,, Rent of Newtown Property " Deas Thomson Scholarship," less paid for Insurance...,, from W. C. Wentworth,, Refund from Building Fund Balance in Commercial Bank, 31st December, , S EXPENDITURE. ENDOWMENT FOND. Paid for Salaries, charges for Printing, Stationery, Sundry Expenses, Gardening, Philosophical Apparatus...,, Scholarships, under " Private Foundations"...,, General Scholarships,, Improvement of Grounds s. d. 5, TOTAL EXPENDITURE, Endowment Fund 6,150 IiL 7 Balance in Commercial Bank, 31st December, TOTAL RECEIPTS, Endowment Fund 0, , RECEIPTS. Balance in Commercial Bank, 1st January, 1862 Amount received from Government BTJiXiX)HTa- ZFTJKTD 3 5,000 s. d , j^ccaxrisrt. EXPENDITURE. s. d. Paid for completion of Tower and other Building purposes during the year , Balance in Commercial Bank, at Credit of Building Fund , Sydney, 31s< December, Audited, Qr. EAGAE, AUDITOK.

214

; $< *'< #< ν K**-*^** 1 " Mm. '.¾¾¾"* >. ' '. S^eï. . Ι.\;-Λ^ >a. . '".>'*.'* " ;;..'., - Α Ρ, " - > Λ *».**».' ",.5í=-.

; $< *'< #< ν K**-*^** 1  Mm. '.¾¾¾* >. ' '. S^eï. . Ι.\;-Λ^ >a. . '.>'*.'*  ;;..'., - Α Ρ,  - > Λ *».**».' ,.5í=-. '^AfW*-. 1 ; $< *'< #< ν K**-*^** 1 " '.¾¾¾"* >. ' '. S^eï Mm.. Ι.\;-Λ^ >a. '".>'*.'* " ;;..'., - Α Ρ, " - > Λ *».**».' ",.5í=-., *>/''- -ΐ THE SYDNEY ÜNIYERSITY CALENDAR. 1862. SYDNEY: PRINTED BY BEADING

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

SYDNEY IJNIYERSITY CALENDAR

SYDNEY IJNIYERSITY CALENDAR SYDNEY IJNIYERSITY CALENDAR. 1868. SYDNEY UNIVERSITY CALENDAR. ^% 1 THE SYDNEY IJNIYERSITY CALENDAR. 1868. SYDNEY: PRINTED BY EEADlNG AND WELLBANK, BRIDGE STREET. ERRATA. Tage 49. Omit from the Examiners

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

i"$-6> ff THE SYDNEY 1854. r + \ h OVA 1 Mi l -- VO! fei I], 1¾ SYDNEY : WAUGH & COX, BOOKSELLERS AND PUBLISHERS, GEOJIGE STREET.

i$-6> ff THE SYDNEY 1854. r + \ h OVA 1 Mi l -- VO! fei I], 1¾ SYDNEY : WAUGH & COX, BOOKSELLERS AND PUBLISHERS, GEOJIGE STREET. S« i"$-6> ff y THE SYDNEY UNIYERSITY CALENDAR. 1854. r + \ h OVA 1 Mi l -- VO! fei I], 1¾ SYDNEY : WAUGH & COX, BOOKSELLERS AND PUBLISHERS, GEOJIGE STREET. Φ 1854. JANUARY. 1 ft PHASES OF THE MOON. DAYS

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΠΕΙΡΑΙΑ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑ

ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΠΕΙΡΑΙΑ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΠΕΙΡΑΙΑ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑ ΝΟΜΙΚΟ ΚΑΙ ΘΕΣΜΙΚΟ ΦΟΡΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΠΛΑΙΣΙΟ ΚΤΗΣΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΕΚΜΕΤΑΛΛΕΥΣΗΣ ΠΛΟΙΟΥ ΔΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ που υποβλήθηκε στο

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Α. ΑΝΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ 1. ΓΕΝΙΚΑ Η ΣΥΜΜΕΤΟΧΗ ΤΗΣ ΑΝΙΑΣ ΣΤΗΝ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ

Α. ΑΝΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ 1. ΓΕΝΙΚΑ Η ΣΥΜΜΕΤΟΧΗ ΤΗΣ ΑΝΙΑΣ ΣΤΗΝ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΟ ΗΜΟΣΙΟΥ ΙΚΑΙΟΥ ΚΑΘΗΓΗΤΗΣ Α. ΗΜΗΤΡΟΠΟΥΛΟΣ ΕΥΘΥΜΙΟΣ ΠΑΠΑ ΟΠΟΥΛΟΣ ΤΟΥ ΠΑΝΑΓΙΩΤΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ 2η Α. ΑΝΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ 1. ΓΕΝΙΚΑ Η ΣΥΜΜΕΤΟΧΗ ΤΗΣ ΑΝΙΑΣ ΣΤΗΝ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ 2. ΠΑΡΑΘΕΣΗ ΤΩΝ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΩΝ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Assalamu `alaikum wr. wb.

Assalamu `alaikum wr. wb. LUMP SUM Assalamu `alaikum wr. wb. LUMP SUM Wassalamu alaikum wr. wb. Assalamu `alaikum wr. wb. LUMP SUM Wassalamu alaikum wr. wb. LUMP SUM Lump sum lump sum lump sum. lump sum fixed price lump sum lump

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

'-vr&öv.'vk. ".. V S»Ci "»VI.. W C-. ι.-.!-λ. tesa-

'-vr&öv.'vk. .. V S»Ci »VI.. W C-. ι.-.!-λ. tesa- '-vr&öv.'vk ".. V S»Ci "»VI.. W C-. ι.-.!-λ tesa- i* SYDNEY UNIVERSITY CALENDAR. & > /» V THE SYDNEY UNIVERSITY CALENDAR. / L. fil 'ci^ ^ \ Λ ' I Li.! V^ 1 ' X C/îj Ι Ο UMI η P._) V'' V" 1 OJ ;f-~ij '

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Section 8.3 Trigonometric Equations

Section 8.3 Trigonometric Equations 99 Section 8. Trigonometric Equations Objective 1: Solve Equations Involving One Trigonometric Function. In this section and the next, we will exple how to solving equations involving trigonometric functions.

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

645 Ν. 3/92. E.E., Παρ. Ι αϊ), Αρ. 2665,

645 Ν. 3/92. E.E., Παρ. Ι αϊ), Αρ. 2665, E.E., Παρ. Ι αϊ), Αρ. 2665, 1.1.92 645 Ν. 3/92 Ο περί Ειδικεύσεως Πιστώσεως (Ταμείο Ανακουφίσεως Εκτοπισθέντων και Παθόντων) Νόμος του 1992 εκδίδεται με δημοσίευση στην Επίσημη Εφημερίδα της Κυπριακής

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

2 Composition. Invertible Mappings

2 Composition. Invertible Mappings Arkansas Tech University MATH 4033: Elementary Modern Algebra Dr. Marcel B. Finan Composition. Invertible Mappings In this section we discuss two procedures for creating new mappings from old ones, namely,

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

derivation of the Laplacian from rectangular to spherical coordinates

derivation of the Laplacian from rectangular to spherical coordinates derivation of the Laplacian from rectangular to spherical coordinates swapnizzle 03-03- :5:43 We begin by recognizing the familiar conversion from rectangular to spherical coordinates (note that φ is used

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Η ΨΥΧΙΑΤΡΙΚΗ - ΨΥΧΟΛΟΓΙΚΗ ΠΡΑΓΜΑΤΟΓΝΩΜΟΣΥΝΗ ΣΤΗΝ ΠΟΙΝΙΚΗ ΔΙΚΗ

Η ΨΥΧΙΑΤΡΙΚΗ - ΨΥΧΟΛΟΓΙΚΗ ΠΡΑΓΜΑΤΟΓΝΩΜΟΣΥΝΗ ΣΤΗΝ ΠΟΙΝΙΚΗ ΔΙΚΗ ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ ΝΟΜΙΚΗ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΤΟΜΕΑΣ ΙΣΤΟΡΙΑΣ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΙΑΣ ΚΑΙ ΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΟΛΟΓΙΑΣ ΤΟΥ ΔΙΚΑΙΟΥ Διπλωματική εργασία στο μάθημα «ΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΟΛΟΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΔΙΚΑΙΟΥ»

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ ΕΓΚΥΚΛΙΟΣ. Προς: Όλα τα Μέλη Από : Γενικό Γραμματέα. Αγαπητά Μέλη,

ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ ΕΓΚΥΚΛΙΟΣ. Προς: Όλα τα Μέλη Από : Γενικό Γραμματέα. Αγαπητά Μέλη, Προς: Όλα τα Μέλη Από : Γενικό Γραμματέα Αγαπητά Μέλη, ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ ΕΓΚΥΚΛΙΟΣ Θέμα: Απόφαση (ΚΕΠΠΑ) 2015/1148 του Συμβουλίου της Ε.Ε. της 14 ης Ιουλίου 2015 για την τροποποίηση της απόφασης 2010/413/ΚΕΠΠΑ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Instruction Execution Times

Instruction Execution Times 1 C Execution Times InThisAppendix... Introduction DL330 Execution Times DL330P Execution Times DL340 Execution Times C-2 Execution Times Introduction Data Registers This appendix contains several tables

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Section 1: Listening and responding. Presenter: Niki Farfara MGTAV VCE Seminar 7 August 2016

Section 1: Listening and responding. Presenter: Niki Farfara MGTAV VCE Seminar 7 August 2016 Section 1: Listening and responding Presenter: Niki Farfara MGTAV VCE Seminar 7 August 2016 Section 1: Listening and responding Section 1: Listening and Responding/ Aκουστική εξέταση Στο πρώτο μέρος της

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 36

Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 36 Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 36 23 Μαΐου 2008 Θέμα: Αναθεωρημένο υπόδειγμα ψηφίσματος προς κατάθεση στον Έφορο Εταιρειών για τη μετατροπή μετοχικού κεφαλαίου σε Ευρώ την 1 Ιανουαρίου

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Publication of Notice of the Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders Announcement Attached

Publication of Notice of the Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders Announcement Attached 0076/00017640/en General Meeting ELLINAS FINANCE PUBLIC COMPANY LTD ELF Addendum To: 0076/00017567 Publication of Notice of the Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders Announcement Attached Attachments:

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Αθήνα, Α/Α ΑΝΑΦΟΡΑ 3 ΕΡΩΤΗΜΑ 4 ΑΠΑΝΤΗΣΗ

Αθήνα, Α/Α ΑΝΑΦΟΡΑ 3 ΕΡΩΤΗΜΑ 4 ΑΠΑΝΤΗΣΗ ΑΠΑΝΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΕΠΙ ΔΙΕΥΚΡΙΝΙΣΤΙΚΩΝ ΕΡΩΤΗΜΑΤΩΝ ΕΝΔΙΑΦΕΡΟΜΕΝΩΝ 1 ΣΕ ΣΧΕΣΗ ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΣΚΛΗΣΗ ΥΠΟΒΟΛΗΣ ΕΚΔΗΛΩΣΗΣ ΕΝΔΙΑΦΕΡΟΝΤΟΣ ΑΝΑΦΟΡΙΚΑ ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΑΝΑΘΕΣΗ ΣΥΜΒΑΣΗΣ ΠΑΡΑΧΩΡΗΣΗΣ ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΩΝ ΓΙΑ ΤΗ ΧΡΗΜΑΤΟΔΟΤΗΣΗ, ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ,

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

WEEK 21. The Feast of Firstfruits, the Feast of Pentecost, and the Feast of Tabernacles OUTLINE DAY 1

WEEK 21. The Feast of Firstfruits, the Feast of Pentecost, and the Feast of Tabernacles OUTLINE DAY 1 WEEK 21 The Feast of Firstfruits, the Feast of Pentecost, and the Feast of Tabernacles OUTLINE DAY 1 I. The Feast of Firstfruits signifies the resurrected Christ as the firstfruits for our enjoyment as

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Finite Field Problems: Solutions

Finite Field Problems: Solutions Finite Field Problems: Solutions 1. Let f = x 2 +1 Z 11 [x] and let F = Z 11 [x]/(f), a field. Let Solution: F =11 2 = 121, so F = 121 1 = 120. The possible orders are the divisors of 120. Solution: The

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ της 9ης ΙΟΥΛΊΟΥ 1999 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ ΜΕΡΟΣ III

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ της 9ης ΙΟΥΛΊΟΥ 1999 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ ΜΕΡΟΣ III Ν. 11(ΙΠ)/99 ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ. 3337 της 9ης ΙΟΥΛΊΟΥ 1999 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ ΜΕΡΟΣ III Ο περί της Ευρωπαϊκής Σύμβασης για την Προάσπιση των Ανθρωπίνων Δικαιωμάτων και θεμελιωδών

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Nakia Miller A E Adriana Strazzanti F K Lisa Flood Jaime Camino R V

Nakia Miller A E Adriana Strazzanti F K Lisa Flood Jaime Camino R V Nakia Miller A E Adriana Strazzanti F K Lisa Flood L Q Jaime Camino R V Julie Pizon W - Z CREDITS 21 Credits are required for graduation from BHS 5 Credits are required to become a sophomore 10 Credits

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

«ΑΓΡΟΤΟΥΡΙΣΜΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΟΠΙΚΗ ΑΝΑΠΤΥΞΗ: Ο ΡΟΛΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΝΕΩΝ ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΩΘΗΣΗ ΤΩΝ ΓΥΝΑΙΚΕΙΩΝ ΣΥΝΕΤΑΙΡΙΣΜΩΝ»

«ΑΓΡΟΤΟΥΡΙΣΜΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΟΠΙΚΗ ΑΝΑΠΤΥΞΗ: Ο ΡΟΛΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΝΕΩΝ ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΩΘΗΣΗ ΤΩΝ ΓΥΝΑΙΚΕΙΩΝ ΣΥΝΕΤΑΙΡΙΣΜΩΝ» I ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΝΟΜΙΚΩΝ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΚΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΠΟΛΙΤΙΚΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΚΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ «ΔΙΟΙΚΗΣΗ ΚΑΙ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΑ» ΚΑΤΕΥΘΥΝΣΗ: ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΚΗ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

EE512: Error Control Coding

EE512: Error Control Coding EE512: Error Control Coding Solution for Assignment on Finite Fields February 16, 2007 1. (a) Addition and Multiplication tables for GF (5) and GF (7) are shown in Tables 1 and 2. + 0 1 2 3 4 0 0 1 2 3

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education GREEK 0543/04 Paper 4 Writing For Examination from 2015 SPECIMEN PAPER Candidates answer on the Question

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ Ν. 172/91 ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ. 2637 της 11ης ΟΚΤΩΒΡΙΟΥ 1991 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ Ο Κυρωτικός της Ευρωπαϊκής Σύμβασης επί της Γενικής Ισοτιμίας των Περιόδων Πανεπιστημιακών Σπουδών

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

the total number of electrons passing through the lamp.

the total number of electrons passing through the lamp. 1. A 12 V 36 W lamp is lit to normal brightness using a 12 V car battery of negligible internal resistance. The lamp is switched on for one hour (3600 s). For the time of 1 hour, calculate (i) the energy

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΣΟΡΟΠΤΙΜΙΣΤΡΙΕΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΔΕΣ

ΣΟΡΟΠΤΙΜΙΣΤΡΙΕΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΔΕΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΔΕΣ ΣΟΡΟΠΤΙΜΙΣΤΡΙΕΣ ΕΚΔΟΣΗ ΤΗΣ ΣΟΡΟΠΤΙΜΙΣΤΙΚΗΣ ΕΝΩΣΗΣ ΕΛΛΑΔΟΣ - ΤΕΥΧΟΣ Νο 110 - Δ ΤΡΙΜΗΝΟ 2014 Το πρώτο βραβείο κέρδισε η Ελλάδα για την φωτογραφία Blue + Yellow = Green στον διαγωνισμό 2014 του

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

The Simply Typed Lambda Calculus

The Simply Typed Lambda Calculus Type Inference Instead of writing type annotations, can we use an algorithm to infer what the type annotations should be? That depends on the type system. For simple type systems the answer is yes, and

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

MOTIONS / DRAFT OF DECISIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO THE GENERAL MEETING OF THE 29 TH JUNE 2016

MOTIONS / DRAFT OF DECISIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO THE GENERAL MEETING OF THE 29 TH JUNE 2016 MOTIONS / DRAFT OF DECISIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO THE GENERAL MEETING OF THE 29 TH JUNE 2016 1) FIRST ITEM OF THE AGENDA Submission for approval of the Company and the Group Financial Statements,

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

1999 MODERN GREEK 2 UNIT Z

1999 MODERN GREEK 2 UNIT Z STUDENT NUMBER CENTRE NUMBER HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION 1999 MODERN GREEK 2 UNIT Z (55 Marks) Time allowed Two hours (Plus 5 minutes reading time) DIRECTIONS TO CANDIDATES Write your Student

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

SAINT CATHERINE S GREEK SCHOOL ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΟ ΣΧΟΛΕΙΟ ΑΓΙΑΣ ΑΙΚΑΤΕΡΙΝΗΣ

SAINT CATHERINE S GREEK SCHOOL ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΟ ΣΧΟΛΕΙΟ ΑΓΙΑΣ ΑΙΚΑΤΕΡΙΝΗΣ SAINT CATHERINE S GREEK SCHOOL ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΟ ΣΧΟΛΕΙΟ ΑΓΙΑΣ ΑΙΚΑΤΕΡΙΝΗΣ WELCOME TO ST. CATHERINE S GREEK SCHOOL! WEEKDAY GREEK SCHOOL - REGISTRATION FORM SCHOOL YEAR 2016-2017 ΑΙΤΗΣΗ ΕΓΓΡΑΦΗΣ ΣΧΟΛΙΚΗ ΧΡΟΝΙΑ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Οι αδελφοί Montgolfier: Ψηφιακή αφήγηση The Montgolfier Βrothers Digital Story (προτείνεται να διδαχθεί στο Unit 4, Lesson 3, Αγγλικά Στ Δημοτικού)

Οι αδελφοί Montgolfier: Ψηφιακή αφήγηση The Montgolfier Βrothers Digital Story (προτείνεται να διδαχθεί στο Unit 4, Lesson 3, Αγγλικά Στ Δημοτικού) Οι αδελφοί Montgolfier: Ψηφιακή αφήγηση The Montgolfier Βrothers Digital Story (προτείνεται να διδαχθεί στο Unit 4, Lesson 3, Αγγλικά Στ Δημοτικού) Προσδοκώμενα αποτελέσματα Περιεχόμενο Ενδεικτικές δραστηριότητες

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ της 19ης ΑΠΡΙΛΙΟΥ 2002 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ της 19ης ΑΠΡΙΛΙΟΥ 2002 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ Ν. 11(ΙΙΙ)/2002 ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ. 3595 της 19ης ΑΠΡΙΛΙΟΥ 2002 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ ΜΕΡΟΣ III Ο περί της Ευρωπαϊκής Σύμβασης για την Προάσπιση των Ανθρωπίνων Δικαιωμάτων και

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Business English. Ενότητα # 9: Financial Planning. Ευαγγελία Κουτσογιάννη Τμήμα Διοίκησης Επιχειρήσεων

Business English. Ενότητα # 9: Financial Planning. Ευαγγελία Κουτσογιάννη Τμήμα Διοίκησης Επιχειρήσεων ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑ Ανώτατο Εκπαιδευτικό Ίδρυμα Πειραιά Τεχνολογικού Τομέα Business English Ενότητα # 9: Financial Planning Ευαγγελία Κουτσογιάννη Τμήμα Διοίκησης Επιχειρήσεων Άδειες Χρήσης Το παρόν εκπαιδευτικό

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

GREECE BULGARIA 6 th JOINT MONITORING

GREECE BULGARIA 6 th JOINT MONITORING GREECE BULGARIA 6 th JOINT MONITORING COMMITTEE BANSKO 26-5-2015 LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK Regulation 1083/2006 (general provisions for ERDF). Regulation 1080/2006 (ERDF) Regulation 1028/2006 (Implementing

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Every set of first-order formulas is equivalent to an independent set

Every set of first-order formulas is equivalent to an independent set Every set of first-order formulas is equivalent to an independent set May 6, 2008 Abstract A set of first-order formulas, whatever the cardinality of the set of symbols, is equivalent to an independent

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

CHAPTER 25 SOLVING EQUATIONS BY ITERATIVE METHODS

CHAPTER 25 SOLVING EQUATIONS BY ITERATIVE METHODS CHAPTER 5 SOLVING EQUATIONS BY ITERATIVE METHODS EXERCISE 104 Page 8 1. Find the positive root of the equation x + 3x 5 = 0, correct to 3 significant figures, using the method of bisection. Let f(x) =

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Phys460.nb Solution for the t-dependent Schrodinger s equation How did we find the solution? (not required)

Phys460.nb Solution for the t-dependent Schrodinger s equation How did we find the solution? (not required) Phys460.nb 81 ψ n (t) is still the (same) eigenstate of H But for tdependent H. The answer is NO. 5.5.5. Solution for the tdependent Schrodinger s equation If we assume that at time t 0, the electron starts

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

C.S. 430 Assignment 6, Sample Solutions

C.S. 430 Assignment 6, Sample Solutions C.S. 430 Assignment 6, Sample Solutions Paul Liu November 15, 2007 Note that these are sample solutions only; in many cases there were many acceptable answers. 1 Reynolds Problem 10.1 1.1 Normal-order

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education *4358398658* GREEK 0543/04 Paper 4 Writing May/June 2015 1 hour Candidates answer on the Question

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΚΥΒΕΡΝΗΣΕΩΣ

ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΚΥΒΕΡΝΗΣΕΩΣ 34769 ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΚΥΒΕΡΝΗΣΕΩΣ ΤΗΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ ΤΕΥΧΟΣ ΔΕΥΤΕΡΟ Αρ. Φύλλου 2876 29 Δεκεμβρίου 2015 ΠΕΡΙΕΧΟΜΕΝΑ ΑΠΟΦΑΣΕΙΣ Καθορισμός των μειζόνων κατηγοριών δαπανών του Κρατικού Προϋπολογισμού Διαδικασία

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 32 (Αναθεωρημένη)

Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 32 (Αναθεωρημένη) Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 32 (Αναθεωρημένη) Από την Επιτροπή Χρηματιστηρίου και Κεφαλαιαγοράς 6 Αυγούστου 2008 Θέμα: Δήλωση των μελών του Διοικητικού Συμβουλίου και άλλων υπευθύνων

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Math 6 SL Probability Distributions Practice Test Mark Scheme

Math 6 SL Probability Distributions Practice Test Mark Scheme Math 6 SL Probability Distributions Practice Test Mark Scheme. (a) Note: Award A for vertical line to right of mean, A for shading to right of their vertical line. AA N (b) evidence of recognizing symmetry

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Code Breaker. TEACHER s NOTES

Code Breaker. TEACHER s NOTES TEACHER s NOTES Time: 50 minutes Learning Outcomes: To relate the genetic code to the assembly of proteins To summarize factors that lead to different types of mutations To distinguish among positive,

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Lecture 11. Kyriakos Kyriazopoulos, Assistant Professor School of Law, Aristotle University Of Thessaloniki ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ

Lecture 11. Kyriakos Kyriazopoulos, Assistant Professor School of Law, Aristotle University Of Thessaloniki ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ ΑΝΟΙΧΤΑ ΑΚΑΔΗΜΑΙΚΑ ΜΑΘΗΜΑΤΑ Lecture 11 Kyriakos Kyriazopoulos, Assistant Professor, Aristotle University Of Thessaloniki License The educational material subjects

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΚΥΠΡΙΑΚΗ ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ CYPRUS COMPUTER SOCIETY ΠΑΓΚΥΠΡΙΟΣ ΜΑΘΗΤΙΚΟΣ ΔΙΑΓΩΝΙΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ 6/5/2006

ΚΥΠΡΙΑΚΗ ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ CYPRUS COMPUTER SOCIETY ΠΑΓΚΥΠΡΙΟΣ ΜΑΘΗΤΙΚΟΣ ΔΙΑΓΩΝΙΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ 6/5/2006 Οδηγίες: Να απαντηθούν όλες οι ερωτήσεις. Ολοι οι αριθμοί που αναφέρονται σε όλα τα ερωτήματα είναι μικρότεροι το 1000 εκτός αν ορίζεται διαφορετικά στη διατύπωση του προβλήματος. Διάρκεια: 3,5 ώρες Καλή

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

The challenges of non-stable predicates

The challenges of non-stable predicates The challenges of non-stable predicates Consider a non-stable predicate Φ encoding, say, a safety property. We want to determine whether Φ holds for our program. The challenges of non-stable predicates

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

department listing department name αχχουντσ ϕανε βαλικτ δδσϕηασδδη σδηφγ ασκϕηλκ τεχηνιχαλ αλαν ϕουν διξ τεχηνιχαλ ϕοην µαριανι

department listing department name αχχουντσ ϕανε βαλικτ δδσϕηασδδη σδηφγ ασκϕηλκ τεχηνιχαλ αλαν ϕουν διξ τεχηνιχαλ ϕοην µαριανι She selects the option. Jenny starts with the al listing. This has employees listed within She drills down through the employee. The inferred ER sttricture relates this to the redcords in the databasee

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Jesse Maassen and Mark Lundstrom Purdue University November 25, 2013

Jesse Maassen and Mark Lundstrom Purdue University November 25, 2013 Notes on Average Scattering imes and Hall Factors Jesse Maassen and Mar Lundstrom Purdue University November 5, 13 I. Introduction 1 II. Solution of the BE 1 III. Exercises: Woring out average scattering

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

2nd Training Workshop of scientists- practitioners in the juvenile judicial system Volos, EVALUATION REPORT

2nd Training Workshop of scientists- practitioners in the juvenile judicial system Volos, EVALUATION REPORT 2nd Training Workshop of scientists- practitioners in the juvenile judicial system Volos, 26-6-2016 Can anyone hear me? The participation of juveniles in juvenile justice. EVALUATION REPORT 80 professionals

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education *2517291414* GREEK 0543/02 Paper 2 Reading and Directed Writing May/June 2013 1 hour 30 minutes

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

@ BY AVENUES PRIVATE INSTITUTE JUNE 2014

@ BY AVENUES PRIVATE INSTITUTE JUNE 2014 1 Εκεί που η ποιότητα συναντά την επιτυχία Λεωφ. Αρχ. Μακαρίου 7, Αρεδιού Τηλ. 22874368/9 2 ENGLISH INSTITUTE A Place where quality meets success 7, Makarios Avenue, Arediou, Tel. 22874368/9 99606442 Anglia

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

7 Present PERFECT Simple. 8 Present PERFECT Continuous. 9 Past PERFECT Simple. 10 Past PERFECT Continuous. 11 Future PERFECT Simple

7 Present PERFECT Simple. 8 Present PERFECT Continuous. 9 Past PERFECT Simple. 10 Past PERFECT Continuous. 11 Future PERFECT Simple A/ Ονόματα και ένα παράδειγμα 1 Present Simple 7 Present PERFECT Simple 2 Present Continuous 8 Present PERFECT Continuous 3 Past Simple (+ used to) 9 Past PERFECT Simple she eats she is eating she ate

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education *3148288373* GREEK 0543/04 Paper 4 Writing May/June 2016 1 hour Candidates answer on the Question

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΟΡΟΙ ΚΑΙ ΠΡΟΥΠΟΘΕΣΕΙΣ ΣΧΕΔΙΟΥ

ΟΡΟΙ ΚΑΙ ΠΡΟΥΠΟΘΕΣΕΙΣ ΣΧΕΔΙΟΥ ΟΡΟΙ ΚΑΙ ΠΡΟΥΠΟΘΕΣΕΙΣ ΣΧΕΔΙΟΥ 1. Η διαφήμιση της Τράπεζας για τα "Διπλά Προνόμια από την American Express" ισχύει για συναλλαγές που θα πραγματοποιηθούν από κατόχους καρτών Sunmiles American Express, American

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΙΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗΣ ΕΝΩΣΗΣ. Βρυξέλλες, 12 Φεβρουαρίου 2010 (17.02) (OR. en) 5734/10 INF 13 API 13 JUR 47

ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΙΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗΣ ΕΝΩΣΗΣ. Βρυξέλλες, 12 Φεβρουαρίου 2010 (17.02) (OR. en) 5734/10 INF 13 API 13 JUR 47 ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΙΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗΣ ΕΝΩΣΗΣ Βρυξέλλες, 12 Φεβρουαρίου 2010 (17.02) (OR. en) 5734/10 INF 13 API 13 JUR 47 ΣΗΜΕΙΩΜΑ ΣΗΜΕΙΟΥ «I/A» της : Ομάδας «Πληροφόρηση» προς : την ΕΜΑ (2ο Τμήμα)/το Συμβούλιο αριθ.

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

HOMEWORK 4 = G. In order to plot the stress versus the stretch we define a normalized stretch:

HOMEWORK 4 = G. In order to plot the stress versus the stretch we define a normalized stretch: HOMEWORK 4 Problem a For the fast loading case, we want to derive the relationship between P zz and λ z. We know that the nominal stress is expressed as: P zz = ψ λ z where λ z = λ λ z. Therefore, applying

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Newborn Upfront Payment & Newborn Supplement

Newborn Upfront Payment & Newborn Supplement GREEK Newborn Upfront Payment & Newborn Supplement Female 1: Το μωρό μου θα ρθει σύντομα, θα πρέπει να κανονίσω τα οικονομικά μου. Άκουσα ότι η κυβέρνηση δεν δίνει πλέον το Baby Bonus. Ξέρεις τίποτα γι

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Üzleti élet Rendelés. Rendelés - Megrendelés. Rendelés - Visszaigazolás. Hivatalos, kísérleti

Üzleti élet Rendelés. Rendelés - Megrendelés. Rendelés - Visszaigazolás. Hivatalos, kísérleti - Megrendelés Εξετάζουμε την αγορά... Hivatalos, kísérleti Είμαστε στην ευχάριστη θέση να δώσουμε την παραγγελία μας στην εταιρεία σας για... Θα θέλαμε να κάνουμε μια παραγγελία. Επισυνάπτεται η παραγγελία

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

«ΕΠΙΔΙΩΚΟΝΤΑΣ ΤΗΝ ΑΡΙΣΤΕΙΑ ΣΤΗΝ ΚΙΝΗΤΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ ERASMUS» 29 ΝΟΕΜΒΡΙΟΥ 2013

«ΕΠΙΔΙΩΚΟΝΤΑΣ ΤΗΝ ΑΡΙΣΤΕΙΑ ΣΤΗΝ ΚΙΝΗΤΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ ERASMUS» 29 ΝΟΕΜΒΡΙΟΥ 2013 ΗΜΕΡΙΔΑ ΤΗΣ ΕΘΝΙΚΗΣ ΜΟΝΑΔΑΣ / ΙΚΥ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΟ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΤΙΚΟ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΔΙΑ ΒΙΟΥ ΜΑΘΗΣΗ LLP ERASMUS «ΕΠΙΔΙΩΚΟΝΤΑΣ ΤΗΝ ΑΡΙΣΤΕΙΑ ΣΤΗΝ ΚΙΝΗΤΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ ERASMUS» 29 ΝΟΕΜΒΡΙΟΥ 2013 Erasmus + Θέματα ακαδημαϊκής αναγνώρισης

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

*2354431106* GREEK 0543/02 Paper 2 Reading and Directed Writing May/June 2009

*2354431106* GREEK 0543/02 Paper 2 Reading and Directed Writing May/June 2009 UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education *2354431106* GREEK 0543/02 Paper 2 Reading and Directed Writing May/June 2009 1 hour 30 minutes

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΚΥΠΡΙΑΚΗ ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ CYPRUS COMPUTER SOCIETY ΠΑΓΚΥΠΡΙΟΣ ΜΑΘΗΤΙΚΟΣ ΔΙΑΓΩΝΙΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ 19/5/2007

ΚΥΠΡΙΑΚΗ ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ CYPRUS COMPUTER SOCIETY ΠΑΓΚΥΠΡΙΟΣ ΜΑΘΗΤΙΚΟΣ ΔΙΑΓΩΝΙΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ 19/5/2007 Οδηγίες: Να απαντηθούν όλες οι ερωτήσεις. Αν κάπου κάνετε κάποιες υποθέσεις να αναφερθούν στη σχετική ερώτηση. Όλα τα αρχεία που αναφέρονται στα προβλήματα βρίσκονται στον ίδιο φάκελο με το εκτελέσιμο

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education *8175930111* GREEK 0543/04 Paper 4 Writing May/June 2017 1 hour Candidates answer on the Question

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Matrices and Determinants

Matrices and Determinants Matrices and Determinants SUBJECTIVE PROBLEMS: Q 1. For what value of k do the following system of equations possess a non-trivial (i.e., not all zero) solution over the set of rationals Q? x + ky + 3z

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

European Human Rights Law

European Human Rights Law ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ ΑΝΟΙΚΤΑ ΑΚΑΔΗΜΑΪΚΑ ΜΑΘΗΜΑΤΑ The protection of property Teacher: Lina Papadopoulou, Ass. Prof. of Constitutional Law Άδειες Χρήσης Το παρόν εκπαιδευτικό υλικό υπόκειται

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education *1880009435* GREEK 0543/04 Paper 4 Writing May/June 2018 1 hour Candidates answer on the Question

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Paper Reference. Paper Reference(s) 1776/04 Edexcel GCSE Modern Greek Paper 4 Writing. Thursday 21 May 2009 Afternoon Time: 1 hour 15 minutes

Paper Reference. Paper Reference(s) 1776/04 Edexcel GCSE Modern Greek Paper 4 Writing. Thursday 21 May 2009 Afternoon Time: 1 hour 15 minutes Centre No. Candidate No. Paper Reference(s) 1776/04 Edexcel GCSE Modern Greek Paper 4 Writing Thursday 21 May 2009 Afternoon Time: 1 hour 15 minutes Materials required for examination Nil Paper Reference

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΣΤΥΛΙΑΝΟΥ ΣΟΦΙΑ Socm09008@soc.aegean.gr

ΣΤΥΛΙΑΝΟΥ ΣΟΦΙΑ Socm09008@soc.aegean.gr ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΙΓΑΙΟΥ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΚΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΟΛΟΓΙΑΣ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΟ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ «ΕΡΕΥΝΑ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΤΟΠΙΚΗ ΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΚΗ ΑΝΑΠΤΥΞΗ ΚΑΙ ΣΥΝΟΧΗ» ΔΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ Θέμα: Διερεύνηση των απόψεων

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΔΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ «ΘΕΜΑ»

ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΔΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ «ΘΕΜΑ» ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΙΓΑΙΟΥ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΙΣΤΙΚΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΗΣ ΠΡΟΣΧΟΛΙΚΗΣ ΑΓΩΓΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΟΥ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΤΙΚΟΥ ΣΧΕΔΙΑΣΜΟΥ Π.Μ.Σ. «ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝΤΙΚΗ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΣΗ» ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΔΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ «ΘΕΜΑ» «Εφαρμογή

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Advanced Subsidiary Unit 1: Understanding and Written Response

Advanced Subsidiary Unit 1: Understanding and Written Response Write your name here Surname Other names Edexcel GE entre Number andidate Number Greek dvanced Subsidiary Unit 1: Understanding and Written Response Thursday 16 May 2013 Morning Time: 2 hours 45 minutes

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Modern Greek Extension

Modern Greek Extension Centre Number 2017 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION Student Number Modern Greek Extension Written Examination General Instructions Reading time 10 minutes Working time 1 hour and 50 minutes Write

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

1. Αφετηρία από στάση χωρίς κριτή (self start όπου πινακίδα εκκίνησης) 5 λεπτά µετά την αφετηρία σας από το TC1B KALO LIVADI OUT

1. Αφετηρία από στάση χωρίς κριτή (self start όπου πινακίδα εκκίνησης) 5 λεπτά µετά την αφετηρία σας από το TC1B KALO LIVADI OUT Date: 21 October 2016 Time: 14:00 hrs Subject: BULLETIN No 3 Document No: 1.3 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Κάθε γνήσιο αντίγραφο φέρει υπογραφή του συγγραφέα. / Each genuine copy is signed by the author.

Κάθε γνήσιο αντίγραφο φέρει υπογραφή του συγγραφέα. / Each genuine copy is signed by the author. Κάθε γνήσιο αντίγραφο φέρει υπογραφή του συγγραφέα. / Each genuine copy is signed by the author. 2012, Γεράσιμος Χρ. Σιάσος / Gerasimos Siasos, All rights reserved. Στοιχεία επικοινωνίας συγγραφέα / Author

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΓΕΩΠΟΝΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΘΗΝΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΗΣ ΤΡΟΦΙΜΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΔΙΑΤΡΟΦΗΣ ΤΟΥ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΥ

ΓΕΩΠΟΝΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΘΗΝΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΗΣ ΤΡΟΦΙΜΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΔΙΑΤΡΟΦΗΣ ΤΟΥ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΥ ΓΕΩΠΟΝΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΘΗΝΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΗΣ ΤΡΟΦΙΜΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΔΙΑΤΡΟΦΗΣ ΤΟΥ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΥ Πρόγραμμα Μεταπτυχιακών Σπουδών «Επιστήμη και Τεχνολογία Τροφίμων και Διατροφή του Ανθρώπου» Κατεύθυνση: «Διατροφή, Δημόσια

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Strain gauge and rosettes

Strain gauge and rosettes Strain gauge and rosettes Introduction A strain gauge is a device which is used to measure strain (deformation) on an object subjected to forces. Strain can be measured using various types of devices classified

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Απαιτούµενα Προσόντα για Θέσεις Ακαδηµαϊκού Προσωπικού / Qualifications of Academic Staff. (English text follows)

Απαιτούµενα Προσόντα για Θέσεις Ακαδηµαϊκού Προσωπικού / Qualifications of Academic Staff. (English text follows) Απαιτούµενα Προσόντα για Θέσεις Ακαδηµαϊκού Προσωπικού / Qualifications of Academic Staff. (English text follows) 23. (1) Για τη θέση Λέκτoρα απαιτείται διδακτoρικό δίπλωµα αvαγvωρισµέvoυ Παvεπιστηµίoυ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Approximation of distance between locations on earth given by latitude and longitude

Approximation of distance between locations on earth given by latitude and longitude Approximation of distance between locations on earth given by latitude and longitude Jan Behrens 2012-12-31 In this paper we shall provide a method to approximate distances between two points on earth

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Περί γκρίζων ζωνών και άλλων καινών δαιμονίων: Η οριοθέτηση στον Κόλπο της Βεγγάλης Μαρία Γαβουνέλη

Περί γκρίζων ζωνών και άλλων καινών δαιμονίων: Η οριοθέτηση στον Κόλπο της Βεγγάλης Μαρία Γαβουνέλη Περί γκρίζων ζωνών και άλλων καινών δαιμονίων: Η οριοθέτηση στον Κόλπο της Βεγγάλης Μαρία Γαβουνέλη Επίκουρη καθηγήτρια Νομική Σχολή, Πανεπιστήμιο Αθηνών Μια συνολική ρύθμιση: q Bangladesh/Myanmar: ITLOS

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

E.E. Παρ. Kill) 16 Ν. 3(ΙΙΙ)/97 Αρ. 3117,

E.E. Παρ. Kill) 16 Ν. 3(ΙΙΙ)/97 Αρ. 3117, E.E. Παρ. Kill) 16 Ν. 3(ΙΙΙ)/97 Αρ. 3117, 24.1.97 Ο περί της Σύμβασης Ίδρυσης του Ευρωπαϊκού Οργανισμού Δορυφορικών Τηλεπικοινωνιών (Κυρωτικός Τροποποιήσεων) Νόμος του 1997 εκδίδεται με δημοσίευση στην

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

[1] P Q. Fig. 3.1

[1] P Q. Fig. 3.1 1 (a) Define resistance....... [1] (b) The smallest conductor within a computer processing chip can be represented as a rectangular block that is one atom high, four atoms wide and twenty atoms long. One

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ. ΘΕΜΑ: «ιερεύνηση της σχέσης µεταξύ φωνηµικής επίγνωσης και ορθογραφικής δεξιότητας σε παιδιά προσχολικής ηλικίας»

ΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ. ΘΕΜΑ: «ιερεύνηση της σχέσης µεταξύ φωνηµικής επίγνωσης και ορθογραφικής δεξιότητας σε παιδιά προσχολικής ηλικίας» ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΙΓΑΙΟΥ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΙΣΤΙΚΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΗΣ ΠΡΟΣΧΟΛΙΚΗΣ ΑΓΩΓΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΟΥ ΕΚΠΑΙ ΕΥΤΙΚΟΥ ΣΧΕ ΙΑΣΜΟΥ «ΠΑΙ ΙΚΟ ΒΙΒΛΙΟ ΚΑΙ ΠΑΙ ΑΓΩΓΙΚΟ ΥΛΙΚΟ» ΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ που εκπονήθηκε για τη

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΤΙΚΟ ΙΔΡΥΜΑ ΠΕΛΟΠΟΝΝΗΣΟΥ

ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΤΙΚΟ ΙΔΡΥΜΑ ΠΕΛΟΠΟΝΝΗΣΟΥ ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΤΙΚΟ ΙΔΡΥΜΑ ΠΕΛΟΠΟΝΝΗΣΟΥ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΔΙΟΙΚΗΣΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΑΣ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΔΙΟΙΚΗΣΗΣ ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΗΣΕΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΟΡΓΑΝΙΣΜΩΝ Κατ/νση Τοπικής Αυτοδιοίκησης ΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ «Μοντέλα στρατηγικής διοίκησης και

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Συντακτικές λειτουργίες

Συντακτικές λειτουργίες 2 Συντακτικές λειτουργίες (Syntactic functions) A. Πτώσεις και συντακτικές λειτουργίες (Cases and syntactic functions) The subject can be identified by asking ποιος (who) or τι (what) the sentence is about.

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

10 MERCHIA. 10. Starting from standing position (where the SIGN START ) without marshal (self start) 5 minutes after TC4 KALO LIVADI OUT

10 MERCHIA. 10. Starting from standing position (where the SIGN START ) without marshal (self start) 5 minutes after TC4 KALO LIVADI OUT Date: 22 October 2016 Time: 09:00 hrs Subject: BULLETIN No 5 Document No: 1.6 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΚΥΠΡΟΥ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΟΣΗΛΕΥΤΙΚΗΣ

ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΚΥΠΡΟΥ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΟΣΗΛΕΥΤΙΚΗΣ ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΚΥΠΡΟΥ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΟΣΗΛΕΥΤΙΚΗΣ ΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΨΥΧΟΛΟΓΙΚΕΣ ΕΠΙΠΤΩΣΕΙΣ ΣΕ ΓΥΝΑΙΚΕΣ ΜΕΤΑ ΑΠΟ ΜΑΣΤΕΚΤΟΜΗ ΓΕΩΡΓΙΑ ΤΡΙΣΟΚΚΑ Λευκωσία 2012 ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΚΥΠΡΟΥ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

1727 Ν. 173/91. Μέρος Α PROTOCOL TO THE CONVENTION ON THE ELABORATION OF A EUROPEAN PHARMACOPOEIA Preamble

1727 Ν. 173/91. Μέρος Α PROTOCOL TO THE CONVENTION ON THE ELABORATION OF A EUROPEAN PHARMACOPOEIA Preamble E.E., Παρ. I, Αρ. 2637, 11.10.91 1727 Ν. 173/91 Κυρωτικός του Πρωτοκόλλου στη Σύμβαση για την Επεξεργασία Ευρωπαϊκής Φαρμακοποιίας Νόμος του 1991 εκδίδεται με δημοσίευση στην Επίσημη Εφημερίδα της Κυπριακής

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

* ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΦΟΡΟΛΟΓΙΕΣ * Νο. 62

* ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΦΟΡΟΛΟΓΙΕΣ * Νο. 62 -- 847 -- * ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΦΟΡΟΛΟΓΙΕΣ * Νο. 62 ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑ Αθήνα, 16 Ιουνίου 1999 ΥΠΟΥΡΓΕΙΟ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΚΩΝ Αρ.Πρωτ.: 1058790/845/ΔΟΣ Δ/ΝΣΗ ΔΙΕΘΝΩΝ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΚΩΝ ΣΧΕΣΕΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ Α' ΦΟΡΟΛΟΓΙΚΩΝ ΘΕΜΑΤΩΝ ΠΟΛ.: 1139

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Statistical Inference I Locally most powerful tests

Statistical Inference I Locally most powerful tests Statistical Inference I Locally most powerful tests Shirsendu Mukherjee Department of Statistics, Asutosh College, Kolkata, India. shirsendu st@yahoo.co.in So far we have treated the testing of one-sided

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Informative Leaflet on the Deposit Guarantee Scheme. Ενημερωτικό Δελτίο για το Σύστημα Εγγύησης των Καταθέσεων

Informative Leaflet on the Deposit Guarantee Scheme. Ενημερωτικό Δελτίο για το Σύστημα Εγγύησης των Καταθέσεων Informative Leaflet on the Deposit Guarantee Scheme Ενημερωτικό Δελτίο για το Σύστημα Εγγύησης των Καταθέσεων Deposit Guarantee Scheme Basic information about the protection of deposits EN Deposits in

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Πανεπιστήμιο Πειραιώς Τμήμα Πληροφορικής Πρόγραμμα Μεταπτυχιακών Σπουδών «Πληροφορική»

Πανεπιστήμιο Πειραιώς Τμήμα Πληροφορικής Πρόγραμμα Μεταπτυχιακών Σπουδών «Πληροφορική» Πανεπιστήμιο Πειραιώς Τμήμα Πληροφορικής Πρόγραμμα Μεταπτυχιακών Σπουδών «Πληροφορική» Μεταπτυχιακή Διατριβή Τίτλος Διατριβής Επίκαιρα Θέματα Ηλεκτρονικής Διακυβέρνησης Ονοματεπώνυμο Φοιτητή Σταμάτιος

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΚΥΠΡΙΑΚΟΣ ΣΥΝΔΕΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ CYPRUS COMPUTER SOCIETY 21 ος ΠΑΓΚΥΠΡΙΟΣ ΜΑΘΗΤΙΚΟΣ ΔΙΑΓΩΝΙΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ Δεύτερος Γύρος - 30 Μαρτίου 2011

ΚΥΠΡΙΑΚΟΣ ΣΥΝΔΕΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ CYPRUS COMPUTER SOCIETY 21 ος ΠΑΓΚΥΠΡΙΟΣ ΜΑΘΗΤΙΚΟΣ ΔΙΑΓΩΝΙΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ Δεύτερος Γύρος - 30 Μαρτίου 2011 Διάρκεια Διαγωνισμού: 3 ώρες Απαντήστε όλες τις ερωτήσεις Μέγιστο Βάρος (20 Μονάδες) Δίνεται ένα σύνολο από N σφαιρίδια τα οποία δεν έχουν όλα το ίδιο βάρος μεταξύ τους και ένα κουτί που αντέχει μέχρι

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Congruence Classes of Invertible Matrices of Order 3 over F 2

Congruence Classes of Invertible Matrices of Order 3 over F 2 International Journal of Algebra, Vol. 8, 24, no. 5, 239-246 HIKARI Ltd, www.m-hikari.com http://dx.doi.org/.2988/ija.24.422 Congruence Classes of Invertible Matrices of Order 3 over F 2 Ligong An and

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΑΓΓΛΙΚΗ ΓΛΩΣΣΑ ΣΕ ΕΙΔΙΚΑ ΘΕΜΑΤΑ ΔΙΕΘΝΩΝ ΣΧΕΣΕΩΝ & ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΑΣ

ΑΓΓΛΙΚΗ ΓΛΩΣΣΑ ΣΕ ΕΙΔΙΚΑ ΘΕΜΑΤΑ ΔΙΕΘΝΩΝ ΣΧΕΣΕΩΝ & ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΑΣ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΗ ΓΛΩΣΣΑ ΣΕ ΕΙΔΙΚΑ ΘΕΜΑΤΑ ΔΙΕΘΝΩΝ ΣΧΕΣΕΩΝ & ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΑΣ Ενότητα 1β: Principles of PS Ιφιγένεια Μαχίλη Τμήμα Οικονομικών Επιστημών Άδειες Χρήσης Το παρόν εκπαιδευτικό υλικό υπόκειται σε άδειες χρήσης

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

LESSON 6 (ΜΑΘΗΜΑ ΕΞΙ) REF : 201/045/26-ADV. 10 December 2013

LESSON 6 (ΜΑΘΗΜΑ ΕΞΙ) REF : 201/045/26-ADV. 10 December 2013 LESSON 6 (ΜΑΘΗΜΑ ΕΞΙ) REF : 201/045/26-ADV 10 December 2013 I get up/i stand up I wash myself I shave myself I comb myself I dress myself Once (one time) Twice (two times) Three times Salary/wage/pay Alone/only

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education www.xtremepapers.com UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education *6301456813* GREEK 0543/03 Paper 3 Speaking Role Play Card One 1 March 30

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Χρειάζεται να φέρω μαζί μου τα πρωτότυπα έγγραφα ή τα αντίγραφα; Asking if you need to provide the original documents or copies Ποια είναι τα κριτήρια

Χρειάζεται να φέρω μαζί μου τα πρωτότυπα έγγραφα ή τα αντίγραφα; Asking if you need to provide the original documents or copies Ποια είναι τα κριτήρια - University Θα ήθελα να εγγραφώ σε πανεπιστήμιο. Stating that you want to enroll Θα ήθελα να γραφτώ για. Stating that you want to apply for a course ένα προπτυχιακό ένα μεταπτυχιακό ένα διδακτορικό πλήρους

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Θέμα διπλωματικής εργασίας: «Από το «φρενοκομείο» στη Λέρο και την Ψυχιατρική Μεταρρύθμιση: νομικό πλαίσιο και ηθικοκοινωνικές διαστάσεις»

Θέμα διπλωματικής εργασίας: «Από το «φρενοκομείο» στη Λέρο και την Ψυχιατρική Μεταρρύθμιση: νομικό πλαίσιο και ηθικοκοινωνικές διαστάσεις» ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ ΣΧΟΛΕΣ ΙΑΤΡΙΚΗΣ & ΟΔΟΝΤΙΑΤΡΙΚΗΣ ΤΜΗΜΑΤΑ ΝΟΜΙΚΗΣ & ΘΕΟΛΟΓΙΑΣ ΔΙΑΤΜΗΜΑΤΙΚΟ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ «ΣΥΓΧΡΟΝΕΣ ΙΑΤΡΙΚΕΣ ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ: ΔΙΚΑΙΙΚΗ ΡΥΘΜΙΣΗ ΚΑΙ ΒΙΟΗΘΙΚΗ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΕΡΙΤΟΡΕΣ ΚΑΙ ΑΝΘΩΡΟΙ ΚΛΕΙΔΙΑ ΑΝΑΘΕΣΘ ΑΓΩΝΑ ΓΑΦΕΙΟ ΑΓΩΝΩΝ ΟΓΑΝΩΤΙΚΘ ΕΡΙΤΟΡΘ. ζεκηλαρηο 1 ΡΑΓΚΟΣΜΙΑ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (ISAF) ΕΛΛΘΝΙΚΘ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (Ε.Ι.Ο.

ΕΡΙΤΟΡΕΣ ΚΑΙ ΑΝΘΩΡΟΙ ΚΛΕΙΔΙΑ ΑΝΑΘΕΣΘ ΑΓΩΝΑ ΓΑΦΕΙΟ ΑΓΩΝΩΝ ΟΓΑΝΩΤΙΚΘ ΕΡΙΤΟΡΘ. ζεκηλαρηο 1 ΡΑΓΚΟΣΜΙΑ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (ISAF) ΕΛΛΘΝΙΚΘ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (Ε.Ι.Ο. ΑΝΑΘΕΣΘ ΑΓΩΝΑ ΕΡΙΤΟΡΕΣ ΚΑΙ ΑΝΘΩΡΟΙ ΚΛΕΙΔΙΑ ΡΑΓΚΟΣΜΙΑ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (ISAF) ΕΛΛΘΝΙΚΘ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (Ε.Ι.Ο.) ΚΛΑΣΘ 6/6/2009 1 ΟΡΓΑΝΩΣΙΚΗ ΕΠΙΣΡΟΠΗ ΓΡΑΦΕΙΟ ΑΓΩΝΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΡΟΠΗ ΑΓΩΝΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΡΟΠΗ ΕΝΣΑΕΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΡΟΠΗ ΚΑΣΑΜΕΣΡΗΕΩΝ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα